Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Export
KALIKO EN
Thermodynamic water heater
TWH 200ETWH 300ETWH 300EH
C003182-C
User Guide
7605313-001-07
Contents
1 Safety instructions and recommendations 411 Safety instructions 4
111 Installation 4112 Hydraulic connections 4113 Electrical connections 5114 Internet Site 5115 Miscellaneous 6
12 Recommendations 6
13 Liabilities 7131 Manufacturerrsquos liability 7132 Installerrsquos liability 7133 Userrsquos liability 8
14 Safety data sheet R-134a refrigerant 8141 Product identification 8142 Hazard identification 8143 Composition Information on the ingredients 8144 First aid 9145 Fire prevention measures 9146 In the event of accidental spillage 9147 Handling 10148 Personal protection 10149 Considerations on disposal 101410 Regulations 11
2 About this manual 1221 Symbols used 12
22 Abbreviations 12
3 Technical specifications 1331 Certifications 13
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE 13
32 Technical specifications 13321 Characteristics of the appliance 13
4 Technical description 1541 Operating principle 15
42 Control panel 15421 Description of the keys 15422 Description of the display 16423 Browsing in the menus 17
1 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance 1851 Putting the appliance into operation 18
511 Commissioning 18
52 Reading out measured values 18521 Measurements menu 18522 Counters 19
53 Changing the settings 20531 Choosing the operating mode 20532 Programming an extended absence
(Vacation) 21533 Setting the time and date 22534 Modify an hourly programme 23535 Modifying the domestic hot water production
parameters 24536 Return to the factory settings 25
54 Installation shutdown 26
55 Antifreeze protection 26
6 Checking and maintenance 2761 General instructions 27
62 Maintenance operations to be performed 27621 Cleaning the casing material 27
7 Troubleshooting 2871 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx) 28
711 Messages (type code bXX) 28712 Messages (type code EXX) 29
72 Message and error history 30721 Err error display 30722 bL blockage display 31723 Reset error and blockage history 31
8 Warranty 3281 General 32
82 Warranty terms 32
9 Appendix ndash Information on the Ecodesign and Energy LabellingDirectives 33
Contents
2 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
3 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
1 Safety instructions andrecommendations
11 Safety instructions
DANGER
This appliance can be used by children agedfrom 8 years and above and persons withreduced physical sensory or mental capabilitiesor lack of experience and knowledge if they havebeen given supervision or instruction concerninguse of the appliance in a safe way andunderstand the hazards involved Children shallnot play with the appliance Cleaning and usermaintenance shall not be made by childrenwithout supervision
111 Installation
4Allow the space necessary for the correct installation ofthe appliancefrac14See chapter Positioning of the appliance(Installation and Service Manual)
112 Hydraulic connections
4The appliance is intended to be connectedpermanently to the mains water supply
4Maximum minimum water pressure at the inletfrac14See chapter Technical specifications
4The pressure limiter device must be started upregularly in order to remove any limescale deposits andcheck that it is not blocked
4Draining Turn off the domestic cold water inlet Opena hot water tap in the system and then open the safetyunit valve When the water stops flowing the appliancehas been drained
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 4
4A pressure reducer (not provided) is necessary whenthe mains pressure exceeds 80 of the calibration ofthe safety valve or unit It will be installed upstream ofthe appliance
4As water may run out of the discharge pipe on thepressure limiter device the discharge pipe must bekept open to the open air
4Connect the pressure limiter device to a drainage pipekept in the open air in a frost-free environment on acontinuous downward slope
113 Electrical connections
4Allowance must be made for a means of disconnectionin the fixed pipes in accordance with the regulations oninstallations
4 If the mains power lead is damaged it must be replacedby the original manufacturer the manufacturerrsquos dealeror another competent person to prevent hazardoussituations
4This appliance must not be powered via an externalswitch such as a timer or be connected to a circuit thatis regularly switched on and off by the electricitysupplier
4 Install the appliance according to national regulationson electrical installation
4Wiring diagram frac14See chapter Electrical principlediagram (Installation and Service Manual)
4Connecting the appliance to the mains electricityfrac14See chapter Electrical connections (Installationand Service Manual)
4Fuse type and calibre frac14See chapter Electricalconnections (Installation and Service Manual)
114 Internet Site
The user guide and the installation manual canalso be found on our internet site
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
5 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
115 Miscellaneous
DANGER
If smoke is released or in case of refrigerant leak1 Do not use a naked flame do not smoke do
not operate electrical contacts or switches( doorbell light motor lift etc)
2 Open the windows3 Switch the appliance off4 Avoid contact with the refrigerant Danger of
frost injuries5 Contact the professional responsible for
maintenance of the boiler
WARNING
Depending on the settings of the appliance4 Do not touch the refrigeration connection
pipes with your bare hands while theappliance is running Risk of being burnt
CAUTION
4 Do not neglect to service the applianceContact a qualified professional or take outa maintenance contract for the annualservicing of the appliance
4 In order to limit the risk of being scalded theinstallation of a thermostatic mixing valve onthe domestic hot water flow piping iscompulsory
12 Recommendations
WARNING
Only certified professionals having receivedadequate training are permitted to work on theappliance and the installation
WARNING
Before any work switch off the mains supply tothe appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 6
13 Liabilities
131 Manufacturerrsquos liability
Our products are manufactured in compliance with therequirements of the various applicable European
Directives They are therefore delivered with [ markingand all relevant documentationIn the interest of customers we are continuouslyendeavouring to make improvements in product qualityAll the specifications stated in this document are thereforesubject to change without notice
Our liability as the manufacturer may not be invoked in thefollowing cases4Failure to abide by the instructions on using the
appliance4Faulty or insufficient maintenance of the appliance4Failure to abide by the instructions on installing the
appliance
132 Installerrsquos liability
The installer is responsible for the installation andcommissioning of the appliance The installer mustrespect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Carry out installation in compliance with the prevailing
legislation and standards4Perform the initial start up and carry out any checks
necessary4Explain the installation to the user4 If a maintenance is necessary warn the user of the
obligation to check the appliance and maintain it ingood working order
4Give all the instruction manuals to the user
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
7 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
133 Userrsquos liability
To guarantee optimum operation of the appliance theuser must respect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Call on qualified professionals to carry out installation
and initial start up4Get your installer to explain your installation to you4Ensure the Appliance is serviced in accordance with
the manufacturerrsquos instructions by a suitable qualifiedperson
4Keep the instruction manuals in good condition closeto the appliance
14 Safety data sheet R-134a refrigerant
141 Product identification
4Refrigerant name R-134a
142 Hazard identification
4Effects harmful to health- The vapours are heavier than air and may lead to
asphyxia owing to reduced oxygen levels- Liquefied gas Contact with the liquid may cause
serious frost and eye injuries4Product classification This product is not classified as
a hazardous preparation according to EuropeanUnion regulations
CAUTION
If refrigerant is mixed with air it may lead topressure surges in the refrigeration pipes andcause an explosion and other hazards
143 Composition Information on theingredients
4Chemical nature 1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 8
4 Ingredients that may lead to hazardous situations
Substance name Concentration CAS number CE number Classification GWP1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a 100 811-97-2 212-377-0 1300
144 First aid
4 If inhaled Evacuate the subject from the contaminatedarea and take him into the open airIf feeling unwell Call a doctor
4 In the event of contact with the skin Treat frostinjuries as burns Rinse in abundant water do notremove clothing (risk of adhesion to the skin)If skin burns appear call a doctor immediately
4 In the event of contact with the eyes Rinseimmediately in water holding the eyelids well apart (atleast 15 minutes)Consult an ophthalmologist immediately
145 Fire prevention measures
4Appropriate extinguishing agents All extinguishingagents can be used
4 Inappropriate extinguishing agents None to ourknowledge In the event of fire nearby use theappropriate extinguishing agents
4Specific hazards- Rise in pressure
In the presence of air an inflammable mixture mayform under certain temperature and pressureconditions
- Toxic and corrosive vapours may be released by theeffect of the heat
4Special intervention methods Cool the volumesexposed to heat with water spray
4Protection of the firemen- Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus- Complete body protection
146 In the event of accidental spillage
4 Individual precautions- Avoid contact with the skin and eyes
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
9 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
- Do not intervene without appropriate protectiveequipment
- Do not inhale the vapours- Evacuate the hazardous area- Stop the leakage- Eradicate all sources of ignition- Ventilate the spillage area mechanically (Risk of
asphyxia)4Cleaning Decontamination Allow residual product to
evaporate
147 Handling
4Technical measures Ventilation4Precautions to be taken
- No smoking- Prevent the accumulation of electrostatic charges- Work in a well ventilated place
148 Personal protection
4Respiratory protection- If insufficient ventilation AX type cartridge mask- In confined spaces Full facepiece self-contained
breathing apparatus4Hand protection Protective gloves in leather or nitrile
rubber4Eye protection Safety glasses with side protection4Skin protection Clothing made mostly of cotton4 Industrial hygiene Do not drink eat or smoke at the
place of work
149 Considerations on disposal
4Product waste Consult the manufacturer or thesupplier for information on recovery or recycling
4Soiled packaging Reuse or recycle afterdecontamination Destroy in authorised installations
WARNING
Disposal must be done in compliance withprevailing local and national regulations
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 10
1410 Regulations
4EC Regulation 8422006 Fluorinated greenhousegases under the Kyoto Protocol
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
11 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
2 About this manual
21 Symbols used
In these instructions various danger levels are employed to draw theuserrsquos attention to particular information In so doing we wish tosafeguard the userrsquos safety highlight hazards and guarantee correctoperation of the appliance
DANGER
Risk of a dangerous situation causing serious physicalinjury
WARNING
Risk of a dangerous situation causing slight physicalinjury
CAUTION
Risk of material damage
Signals important information
frac14Signals a referral to other instructions or other pages in theinstructions
Before installing and commissioning the device readcarefully the instruction manuals provided
22 Abbreviations
4 HP Heat pump4 DHW Domestic hot water4 LP Low pressure4 HP High pressure4 CFC Chlorofluorocarbon4 Qpr Static losses (Thermal losses from the DHW tank when it is
off for 24 hours)4 COP Performance coefficient4 HPHC Peak hours Off-peak hours
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 2 About this manual
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 12
3 Technical specifications
31 Certifications
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE
This product complies to the requirements to the european directivesand following standards
4 200695EC Low Voltage DirectiveReference Standard EN 603351
4 2004108EC Electromagnetic Compatibility DirectiveReference Standard EN 500811 EN 500821 EN 55014
32 Technical specifications
321 Characteristics of the appliance
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ECapacity litres 270 260 215Weight (empty) kg 105 123 92R134a refrigerant kg 145 145 145Output (HP) -Air temperature = 15degC W 1700 1700 1700Electrical resistor output W 2400 2400 2400Operating pressure bar (MPa) 10 (10) 10 (10) 10 (10)Power supply voltage V 230 230 230Circuit breaker A 16 16 16Ambient air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 470 470 460COP (1) - 244 264 255
COP (2) - 331 326 317
Vmax(3) litres 385 380 289
Pes(2)(4) W 42 41 33Outside air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 500 500 500COP (1) - 294 275 29(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
3 Technical specifications TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
13 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ENominal air flow rate (DP = 25 Pa) m3h 320 320 320
Vmax(3) litres 388 383 282
Pes(4)(1) W 34 36 30
Maximum length of the air connection Diameter 160 mm(5) m 26 26 26Hydraulic additional heating Exchanger surface m2 - 100 -
Continuous output DT = 35 K (6) (7) litres per hour - 9556 -
Flow rate over 10 minutes with DT = 30 K (6) l10 mm - 420 -(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 3 Technical specifications
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 14
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
Contents
1 Safety instructions and recommendations 411 Safety instructions 4
111 Installation 4112 Hydraulic connections 4113 Electrical connections 5114 Internet Site 5115 Miscellaneous 6
12 Recommendations 6
13 Liabilities 7131 Manufacturerrsquos liability 7132 Installerrsquos liability 7133 Userrsquos liability 8
14 Safety data sheet R-134a refrigerant 8141 Product identification 8142 Hazard identification 8143 Composition Information on the ingredients 8144 First aid 9145 Fire prevention measures 9146 In the event of accidental spillage 9147 Handling 10148 Personal protection 10149 Considerations on disposal 101410 Regulations 11
2 About this manual 1221 Symbols used 12
22 Abbreviations 12
3 Technical specifications 1331 Certifications 13
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE 13
32 Technical specifications 13321 Characteristics of the appliance 13
4 Technical description 1541 Operating principle 15
42 Control panel 15421 Description of the keys 15422 Description of the display 16423 Browsing in the menus 17
1 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance 1851 Putting the appliance into operation 18
511 Commissioning 18
52 Reading out measured values 18521 Measurements menu 18522 Counters 19
53 Changing the settings 20531 Choosing the operating mode 20532 Programming an extended absence
(Vacation) 21533 Setting the time and date 22534 Modify an hourly programme 23535 Modifying the domestic hot water production
parameters 24536 Return to the factory settings 25
54 Installation shutdown 26
55 Antifreeze protection 26
6 Checking and maintenance 2761 General instructions 27
62 Maintenance operations to be performed 27621 Cleaning the casing material 27
7 Troubleshooting 2871 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx) 28
711 Messages (type code bXX) 28712 Messages (type code EXX) 29
72 Message and error history 30721 Err error display 30722 bL blockage display 31723 Reset error and blockage history 31
8 Warranty 3281 General 32
82 Warranty terms 32
9 Appendix ndash Information on the Ecodesign and Energy LabellingDirectives 33
Contents
2 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
3 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
1 Safety instructions andrecommendations
11 Safety instructions
DANGER
This appliance can be used by children agedfrom 8 years and above and persons withreduced physical sensory or mental capabilitiesor lack of experience and knowledge if they havebeen given supervision or instruction concerninguse of the appliance in a safe way andunderstand the hazards involved Children shallnot play with the appliance Cleaning and usermaintenance shall not be made by childrenwithout supervision
111 Installation
4Allow the space necessary for the correct installation ofthe appliancefrac14See chapter Positioning of the appliance(Installation and Service Manual)
112 Hydraulic connections
4The appliance is intended to be connectedpermanently to the mains water supply
4Maximum minimum water pressure at the inletfrac14See chapter Technical specifications
4The pressure limiter device must be started upregularly in order to remove any limescale deposits andcheck that it is not blocked
4Draining Turn off the domestic cold water inlet Opena hot water tap in the system and then open the safetyunit valve When the water stops flowing the appliancehas been drained
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 4
4A pressure reducer (not provided) is necessary whenthe mains pressure exceeds 80 of the calibration ofthe safety valve or unit It will be installed upstream ofthe appliance
4As water may run out of the discharge pipe on thepressure limiter device the discharge pipe must bekept open to the open air
4Connect the pressure limiter device to a drainage pipekept in the open air in a frost-free environment on acontinuous downward slope
113 Electrical connections
4Allowance must be made for a means of disconnectionin the fixed pipes in accordance with the regulations oninstallations
4 If the mains power lead is damaged it must be replacedby the original manufacturer the manufacturerrsquos dealeror another competent person to prevent hazardoussituations
4This appliance must not be powered via an externalswitch such as a timer or be connected to a circuit thatis regularly switched on and off by the electricitysupplier
4 Install the appliance according to national regulationson electrical installation
4Wiring diagram frac14See chapter Electrical principlediagram (Installation and Service Manual)
4Connecting the appliance to the mains electricityfrac14See chapter Electrical connections (Installationand Service Manual)
4Fuse type and calibre frac14See chapter Electricalconnections (Installation and Service Manual)
114 Internet Site
The user guide and the installation manual canalso be found on our internet site
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
5 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
115 Miscellaneous
DANGER
If smoke is released or in case of refrigerant leak1 Do not use a naked flame do not smoke do
not operate electrical contacts or switches( doorbell light motor lift etc)
2 Open the windows3 Switch the appliance off4 Avoid contact with the refrigerant Danger of
frost injuries5 Contact the professional responsible for
maintenance of the boiler
WARNING
Depending on the settings of the appliance4 Do not touch the refrigeration connection
pipes with your bare hands while theappliance is running Risk of being burnt
CAUTION
4 Do not neglect to service the applianceContact a qualified professional or take outa maintenance contract for the annualservicing of the appliance
4 In order to limit the risk of being scalded theinstallation of a thermostatic mixing valve onthe domestic hot water flow piping iscompulsory
12 Recommendations
WARNING
Only certified professionals having receivedadequate training are permitted to work on theappliance and the installation
WARNING
Before any work switch off the mains supply tothe appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 6
13 Liabilities
131 Manufacturerrsquos liability
Our products are manufactured in compliance with therequirements of the various applicable European
Directives They are therefore delivered with [ markingand all relevant documentationIn the interest of customers we are continuouslyendeavouring to make improvements in product qualityAll the specifications stated in this document are thereforesubject to change without notice
Our liability as the manufacturer may not be invoked in thefollowing cases4Failure to abide by the instructions on using the
appliance4Faulty or insufficient maintenance of the appliance4Failure to abide by the instructions on installing the
appliance
132 Installerrsquos liability
The installer is responsible for the installation andcommissioning of the appliance The installer mustrespect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Carry out installation in compliance with the prevailing
legislation and standards4Perform the initial start up and carry out any checks
necessary4Explain the installation to the user4 If a maintenance is necessary warn the user of the
obligation to check the appliance and maintain it ingood working order
4Give all the instruction manuals to the user
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
7 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
133 Userrsquos liability
To guarantee optimum operation of the appliance theuser must respect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Call on qualified professionals to carry out installation
and initial start up4Get your installer to explain your installation to you4Ensure the Appliance is serviced in accordance with
the manufacturerrsquos instructions by a suitable qualifiedperson
4Keep the instruction manuals in good condition closeto the appliance
14 Safety data sheet R-134a refrigerant
141 Product identification
4Refrigerant name R-134a
142 Hazard identification
4Effects harmful to health- The vapours are heavier than air and may lead to
asphyxia owing to reduced oxygen levels- Liquefied gas Contact with the liquid may cause
serious frost and eye injuries4Product classification This product is not classified as
a hazardous preparation according to EuropeanUnion regulations
CAUTION
If refrigerant is mixed with air it may lead topressure surges in the refrigeration pipes andcause an explosion and other hazards
143 Composition Information on theingredients
4Chemical nature 1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 8
4 Ingredients that may lead to hazardous situations
Substance name Concentration CAS number CE number Classification GWP1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a 100 811-97-2 212-377-0 1300
144 First aid
4 If inhaled Evacuate the subject from the contaminatedarea and take him into the open airIf feeling unwell Call a doctor
4 In the event of contact with the skin Treat frostinjuries as burns Rinse in abundant water do notremove clothing (risk of adhesion to the skin)If skin burns appear call a doctor immediately
4 In the event of contact with the eyes Rinseimmediately in water holding the eyelids well apart (atleast 15 minutes)Consult an ophthalmologist immediately
145 Fire prevention measures
4Appropriate extinguishing agents All extinguishingagents can be used
4 Inappropriate extinguishing agents None to ourknowledge In the event of fire nearby use theappropriate extinguishing agents
4Specific hazards- Rise in pressure
In the presence of air an inflammable mixture mayform under certain temperature and pressureconditions
- Toxic and corrosive vapours may be released by theeffect of the heat
4Special intervention methods Cool the volumesexposed to heat with water spray
4Protection of the firemen- Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus- Complete body protection
146 In the event of accidental spillage
4 Individual precautions- Avoid contact with the skin and eyes
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
9 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
- Do not intervene without appropriate protectiveequipment
- Do not inhale the vapours- Evacuate the hazardous area- Stop the leakage- Eradicate all sources of ignition- Ventilate the spillage area mechanically (Risk of
asphyxia)4Cleaning Decontamination Allow residual product to
evaporate
147 Handling
4Technical measures Ventilation4Precautions to be taken
- No smoking- Prevent the accumulation of electrostatic charges- Work in a well ventilated place
148 Personal protection
4Respiratory protection- If insufficient ventilation AX type cartridge mask- In confined spaces Full facepiece self-contained
breathing apparatus4Hand protection Protective gloves in leather or nitrile
rubber4Eye protection Safety glasses with side protection4Skin protection Clothing made mostly of cotton4 Industrial hygiene Do not drink eat or smoke at the
place of work
149 Considerations on disposal
4Product waste Consult the manufacturer or thesupplier for information on recovery or recycling
4Soiled packaging Reuse or recycle afterdecontamination Destroy in authorised installations
WARNING
Disposal must be done in compliance withprevailing local and national regulations
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 10
1410 Regulations
4EC Regulation 8422006 Fluorinated greenhousegases under the Kyoto Protocol
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
11 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
2 About this manual
21 Symbols used
In these instructions various danger levels are employed to draw theuserrsquos attention to particular information In so doing we wish tosafeguard the userrsquos safety highlight hazards and guarantee correctoperation of the appliance
DANGER
Risk of a dangerous situation causing serious physicalinjury
WARNING
Risk of a dangerous situation causing slight physicalinjury
CAUTION
Risk of material damage
Signals important information
frac14Signals a referral to other instructions or other pages in theinstructions
Before installing and commissioning the device readcarefully the instruction manuals provided
22 Abbreviations
4 HP Heat pump4 DHW Domestic hot water4 LP Low pressure4 HP High pressure4 CFC Chlorofluorocarbon4 Qpr Static losses (Thermal losses from the DHW tank when it is
off for 24 hours)4 COP Performance coefficient4 HPHC Peak hours Off-peak hours
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 2 About this manual
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 12
3 Technical specifications
31 Certifications
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE
This product complies to the requirements to the european directivesand following standards
4 200695EC Low Voltage DirectiveReference Standard EN 603351
4 2004108EC Electromagnetic Compatibility DirectiveReference Standard EN 500811 EN 500821 EN 55014
32 Technical specifications
321 Characteristics of the appliance
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ECapacity litres 270 260 215Weight (empty) kg 105 123 92R134a refrigerant kg 145 145 145Output (HP) -Air temperature = 15degC W 1700 1700 1700Electrical resistor output W 2400 2400 2400Operating pressure bar (MPa) 10 (10) 10 (10) 10 (10)Power supply voltage V 230 230 230Circuit breaker A 16 16 16Ambient air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 470 470 460COP (1) - 244 264 255
COP (2) - 331 326 317
Vmax(3) litres 385 380 289
Pes(2)(4) W 42 41 33Outside air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 500 500 500COP (1) - 294 275 29(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
3 Technical specifications TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
13 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ENominal air flow rate (DP = 25 Pa) m3h 320 320 320
Vmax(3) litres 388 383 282
Pes(4)(1) W 34 36 30
Maximum length of the air connection Diameter 160 mm(5) m 26 26 26Hydraulic additional heating Exchanger surface m2 - 100 -
Continuous output DT = 35 K (6) (7) litres per hour - 9556 -
Flow rate over 10 minutes with DT = 30 K (6) l10 mm - 420 -(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 3 Technical specifications
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 14
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
5 Operating the appliance 1851 Putting the appliance into operation 18
511 Commissioning 18
52 Reading out measured values 18521 Measurements menu 18522 Counters 19
53 Changing the settings 20531 Choosing the operating mode 20532 Programming an extended absence
(Vacation) 21533 Setting the time and date 22534 Modify an hourly programme 23535 Modifying the domestic hot water production
parameters 24536 Return to the factory settings 25
54 Installation shutdown 26
55 Antifreeze protection 26
6 Checking and maintenance 2761 General instructions 27
62 Maintenance operations to be performed 27621 Cleaning the casing material 27
7 Troubleshooting 2871 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx) 28
711 Messages (type code bXX) 28712 Messages (type code EXX) 29
72 Message and error history 30721 Err error display 30722 bL blockage display 31723 Reset error and blockage history 31
8 Warranty 3281 General 32
82 Warranty terms 32
9 Appendix ndash Information on the Ecodesign and Energy LabellingDirectives 33
Contents
2 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
3 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
1 Safety instructions andrecommendations
11 Safety instructions
DANGER
This appliance can be used by children agedfrom 8 years and above and persons withreduced physical sensory or mental capabilitiesor lack of experience and knowledge if they havebeen given supervision or instruction concerninguse of the appliance in a safe way andunderstand the hazards involved Children shallnot play with the appliance Cleaning and usermaintenance shall not be made by childrenwithout supervision
111 Installation
4Allow the space necessary for the correct installation ofthe appliancefrac14See chapter Positioning of the appliance(Installation and Service Manual)
112 Hydraulic connections
4The appliance is intended to be connectedpermanently to the mains water supply
4Maximum minimum water pressure at the inletfrac14See chapter Technical specifications
4The pressure limiter device must be started upregularly in order to remove any limescale deposits andcheck that it is not blocked
4Draining Turn off the domestic cold water inlet Opena hot water tap in the system and then open the safetyunit valve When the water stops flowing the appliancehas been drained
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 4
4A pressure reducer (not provided) is necessary whenthe mains pressure exceeds 80 of the calibration ofthe safety valve or unit It will be installed upstream ofthe appliance
4As water may run out of the discharge pipe on thepressure limiter device the discharge pipe must bekept open to the open air
4Connect the pressure limiter device to a drainage pipekept in the open air in a frost-free environment on acontinuous downward slope
113 Electrical connections
4Allowance must be made for a means of disconnectionin the fixed pipes in accordance with the regulations oninstallations
4 If the mains power lead is damaged it must be replacedby the original manufacturer the manufacturerrsquos dealeror another competent person to prevent hazardoussituations
4This appliance must not be powered via an externalswitch such as a timer or be connected to a circuit thatis regularly switched on and off by the electricitysupplier
4 Install the appliance according to national regulationson electrical installation
4Wiring diagram frac14See chapter Electrical principlediagram (Installation and Service Manual)
4Connecting the appliance to the mains electricityfrac14See chapter Electrical connections (Installationand Service Manual)
4Fuse type and calibre frac14See chapter Electricalconnections (Installation and Service Manual)
114 Internet Site
The user guide and the installation manual canalso be found on our internet site
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
5 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
115 Miscellaneous
DANGER
If smoke is released or in case of refrigerant leak1 Do not use a naked flame do not smoke do
not operate electrical contacts or switches( doorbell light motor lift etc)
2 Open the windows3 Switch the appliance off4 Avoid contact with the refrigerant Danger of
frost injuries5 Contact the professional responsible for
maintenance of the boiler
WARNING
Depending on the settings of the appliance4 Do not touch the refrigeration connection
pipes with your bare hands while theappliance is running Risk of being burnt
CAUTION
4 Do not neglect to service the applianceContact a qualified professional or take outa maintenance contract for the annualservicing of the appliance
4 In order to limit the risk of being scalded theinstallation of a thermostatic mixing valve onthe domestic hot water flow piping iscompulsory
12 Recommendations
WARNING
Only certified professionals having receivedadequate training are permitted to work on theappliance and the installation
WARNING
Before any work switch off the mains supply tothe appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 6
13 Liabilities
131 Manufacturerrsquos liability
Our products are manufactured in compliance with therequirements of the various applicable European
Directives They are therefore delivered with [ markingand all relevant documentationIn the interest of customers we are continuouslyendeavouring to make improvements in product qualityAll the specifications stated in this document are thereforesubject to change without notice
Our liability as the manufacturer may not be invoked in thefollowing cases4Failure to abide by the instructions on using the
appliance4Faulty or insufficient maintenance of the appliance4Failure to abide by the instructions on installing the
appliance
132 Installerrsquos liability
The installer is responsible for the installation andcommissioning of the appliance The installer mustrespect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Carry out installation in compliance with the prevailing
legislation and standards4Perform the initial start up and carry out any checks
necessary4Explain the installation to the user4 If a maintenance is necessary warn the user of the
obligation to check the appliance and maintain it ingood working order
4Give all the instruction manuals to the user
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
7 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
133 Userrsquos liability
To guarantee optimum operation of the appliance theuser must respect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Call on qualified professionals to carry out installation
and initial start up4Get your installer to explain your installation to you4Ensure the Appliance is serviced in accordance with
the manufacturerrsquos instructions by a suitable qualifiedperson
4Keep the instruction manuals in good condition closeto the appliance
14 Safety data sheet R-134a refrigerant
141 Product identification
4Refrigerant name R-134a
142 Hazard identification
4Effects harmful to health- The vapours are heavier than air and may lead to
asphyxia owing to reduced oxygen levels- Liquefied gas Contact with the liquid may cause
serious frost and eye injuries4Product classification This product is not classified as
a hazardous preparation according to EuropeanUnion regulations
CAUTION
If refrigerant is mixed with air it may lead topressure surges in the refrigeration pipes andcause an explosion and other hazards
143 Composition Information on theingredients
4Chemical nature 1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 8
4 Ingredients that may lead to hazardous situations
Substance name Concentration CAS number CE number Classification GWP1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a 100 811-97-2 212-377-0 1300
144 First aid
4 If inhaled Evacuate the subject from the contaminatedarea and take him into the open airIf feeling unwell Call a doctor
4 In the event of contact with the skin Treat frostinjuries as burns Rinse in abundant water do notremove clothing (risk of adhesion to the skin)If skin burns appear call a doctor immediately
4 In the event of contact with the eyes Rinseimmediately in water holding the eyelids well apart (atleast 15 minutes)Consult an ophthalmologist immediately
145 Fire prevention measures
4Appropriate extinguishing agents All extinguishingagents can be used
4 Inappropriate extinguishing agents None to ourknowledge In the event of fire nearby use theappropriate extinguishing agents
4Specific hazards- Rise in pressure
In the presence of air an inflammable mixture mayform under certain temperature and pressureconditions
- Toxic and corrosive vapours may be released by theeffect of the heat
4Special intervention methods Cool the volumesexposed to heat with water spray
4Protection of the firemen- Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus- Complete body protection
146 In the event of accidental spillage
4 Individual precautions- Avoid contact with the skin and eyes
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
9 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
- Do not intervene without appropriate protectiveequipment
- Do not inhale the vapours- Evacuate the hazardous area- Stop the leakage- Eradicate all sources of ignition- Ventilate the spillage area mechanically (Risk of
asphyxia)4Cleaning Decontamination Allow residual product to
evaporate
147 Handling
4Technical measures Ventilation4Precautions to be taken
- No smoking- Prevent the accumulation of electrostatic charges- Work in a well ventilated place
148 Personal protection
4Respiratory protection- If insufficient ventilation AX type cartridge mask- In confined spaces Full facepiece self-contained
breathing apparatus4Hand protection Protective gloves in leather or nitrile
rubber4Eye protection Safety glasses with side protection4Skin protection Clothing made mostly of cotton4 Industrial hygiene Do not drink eat or smoke at the
place of work
149 Considerations on disposal
4Product waste Consult the manufacturer or thesupplier for information on recovery or recycling
4Soiled packaging Reuse or recycle afterdecontamination Destroy in authorised installations
WARNING
Disposal must be done in compliance withprevailing local and national regulations
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 10
1410 Regulations
4EC Regulation 8422006 Fluorinated greenhousegases under the Kyoto Protocol
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
11 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
2 About this manual
21 Symbols used
In these instructions various danger levels are employed to draw theuserrsquos attention to particular information In so doing we wish tosafeguard the userrsquos safety highlight hazards and guarantee correctoperation of the appliance
DANGER
Risk of a dangerous situation causing serious physicalinjury
WARNING
Risk of a dangerous situation causing slight physicalinjury
CAUTION
Risk of material damage
Signals important information
frac14Signals a referral to other instructions or other pages in theinstructions
Before installing and commissioning the device readcarefully the instruction manuals provided
22 Abbreviations
4 HP Heat pump4 DHW Domestic hot water4 LP Low pressure4 HP High pressure4 CFC Chlorofluorocarbon4 Qpr Static losses (Thermal losses from the DHW tank when it is
off for 24 hours)4 COP Performance coefficient4 HPHC Peak hours Off-peak hours
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 2 About this manual
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 12
3 Technical specifications
31 Certifications
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE
This product complies to the requirements to the european directivesand following standards
4 200695EC Low Voltage DirectiveReference Standard EN 603351
4 2004108EC Electromagnetic Compatibility DirectiveReference Standard EN 500811 EN 500821 EN 55014
32 Technical specifications
321 Characteristics of the appliance
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ECapacity litres 270 260 215Weight (empty) kg 105 123 92R134a refrigerant kg 145 145 145Output (HP) -Air temperature = 15degC W 1700 1700 1700Electrical resistor output W 2400 2400 2400Operating pressure bar (MPa) 10 (10) 10 (10) 10 (10)Power supply voltage V 230 230 230Circuit breaker A 16 16 16Ambient air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 470 470 460COP (1) - 244 264 255
COP (2) - 331 326 317
Vmax(3) litres 385 380 289
Pes(2)(4) W 42 41 33Outside air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 500 500 500COP (1) - 294 275 29(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
3 Technical specifications TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
13 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ENominal air flow rate (DP = 25 Pa) m3h 320 320 320
Vmax(3) litres 388 383 282
Pes(4)(1) W 34 36 30
Maximum length of the air connection Diameter 160 mm(5) m 26 26 26Hydraulic additional heating Exchanger surface m2 - 100 -
Continuous output DT = 35 K (6) (7) litres per hour - 9556 -
Flow rate over 10 minutes with DT = 30 K (6) l10 mm - 420 -(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 3 Technical specifications
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 14
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
3 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
1 Safety instructions andrecommendations
11 Safety instructions
DANGER
This appliance can be used by children agedfrom 8 years and above and persons withreduced physical sensory or mental capabilitiesor lack of experience and knowledge if they havebeen given supervision or instruction concerninguse of the appliance in a safe way andunderstand the hazards involved Children shallnot play with the appliance Cleaning and usermaintenance shall not be made by childrenwithout supervision
111 Installation
4Allow the space necessary for the correct installation ofthe appliancefrac14See chapter Positioning of the appliance(Installation and Service Manual)
112 Hydraulic connections
4The appliance is intended to be connectedpermanently to the mains water supply
4Maximum minimum water pressure at the inletfrac14See chapter Technical specifications
4The pressure limiter device must be started upregularly in order to remove any limescale deposits andcheck that it is not blocked
4Draining Turn off the domestic cold water inlet Opena hot water tap in the system and then open the safetyunit valve When the water stops flowing the appliancehas been drained
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 4
4A pressure reducer (not provided) is necessary whenthe mains pressure exceeds 80 of the calibration ofthe safety valve or unit It will be installed upstream ofthe appliance
4As water may run out of the discharge pipe on thepressure limiter device the discharge pipe must bekept open to the open air
4Connect the pressure limiter device to a drainage pipekept in the open air in a frost-free environment on acontinuous downward slope
113 Electrical connections
4Allowance must be made for a means of disconnectionin the fixed pipes in accordance with the regulations oninstallations
4 If the mains power lead is damaged it must be replacedby the original manufacturer the manufacturerrsquos dealeror another competent person to prevent hazardoussituations
4This appliance must not be powered via an externalswitch such as a timer or be connected to a circuit thatis regularly switched on and off by the electricitysupplier
4 Install the appliance according to national regulationson electrical installation
4Wiring diagram frac14See chapter Electrical principlediagram (Installation and Service Manual)
4Connecting the appliance to the mains electricityfrac14See chapter Electrical connections (Installationand Service Manual)
4Fuse type and calibre frac14See chapter Electricalconnections (Installation and Service Manual)
114 Internet Site
The user guide and the installation manual canalso be found on our internet site
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
5 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
115 Miscellaneous
DANGER
If smoke is released or in case of refrigerant leak1 Do not use a naked flame do not smoke do
not operate electrical contacts or switches( doorbell light motor lift etc)
2 Open the windows3 Switch the appliance off4 Avoid contact with the refrigerant Danger of
frost injuries5 Contact the professional responsible for
maintenance of the boiler
WARNING
Depending on the settings of the appliance4 Do not touch the refrigeration connection
pipes with your bare hands while theappliance is running Risk of being burnt
CAUTION
4 Do not neglect to service the applianceContact a qualified professional or take outa maintenance contract for the annualservicing of the appliance
4 In order to limit the risk of being scalded theinstallation of a thermostatic mixing valve onthe domestic hot water flow piping iscompulsory
12 Recommendations
WARNING
Only certified professionals having receivedadequate training are permitted to work on theappliance and the installation
WARNING
Before any work switch off the mains supply tothe appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 6
13 Liabilities
131 Manufacturerrsquos liability
Our products are manufactured in compliance with therequirements of the various applicable European
Directives They are therefore delivered with [ markingand all relevant documentationIn the interest of customers we are continuouslyendeavouring to make improvements in product qualityAll the specifications stated in this document are thereforesubject to change without notice
Our liability as the manufacturer may not be invoked in thefollowing cases4Failure to abide by the instructions on using the
appliance4Faulty or insufficient maintenance of the appliance4Failure to abide by the instructions on installing the
appliance
132 Installerrsquos liability
The installer is responsible for the installation andcommissioning of the appliance The installer mustrespect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Carry out installation in compliance with the prevailing
legislation and standards4Perform the initial start up and carry out any checks
necessary4Explain the installation to the user4 If a maintenance is necessary warn the user of the
obligation to check the appliance and maintain it ingood working order
4Give all the instruction manuals to the user
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
7 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
133 Userrsquos liability
To guarantee optimum operation of the appliance theuser must respect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Call on qualified professionals to carry out installation
and initial start up4Get your installer to explain your installation to you4Ensure the Appliance is serviced in accordance with
the manufacturerrsquos instructions by a suitable qualifiedperson
4Keep the instruction manuals in good condition closeto the appliance
14 Safety data sheet R-134a refrigerant
141 Product identification
4Refrigerant name R-134a
142 Hazard identification
4Effects harmful to health- The vapours are heavier than air and may lead to
asphyxia owing to reduced oxygen levels- Liquefied gas Contact with the liquid may cause
serious frost and eye injuries4Product classification This product is not classified as
a hazardous preparation according to EuropeanUnion regulations
CAUTION
If refrigerant is mixed with air it may lead topressure surges in the refrigeration pipes andcause an explosion and other hazards
143 Composition Information on theingredients
4Chemical nature 1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 8
4 Ingredients that may lead to hazardous situations
Substance name Concentration CAS number CE number Classification GWP1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a 100 811-97-2 212-377-0 1300
144 First aid
4 If inhaled Evacuate the subject from the contaminatedarea and take him into the open airIf feeling unwell Call a doctor
4 In the event of contact with the skin Treat frostinjuries as burns Rinse in abundant water do notremove clothing (risk of adhesion to the skin)If skin burns appear call a doctor immediately
4 In the event of contact with the eyes Rinseimmediately in water holding the eyelids well apart (atleast 15 minutes)Consult an ophthalmologist immediately
145 Fire prevention measures
4Appropriate extinguishing agents All extinguishingagents can be used
4 Inappropriate extinguishing agents None to ourknowledge In the event of fire nearby use theappropriate extinguishing agents
4Specific hazards- Rise in pressure
In the presence of air an inflammable mixture mayform under certain temperature and pressureconditions
- Toxic and corrosive vapours may be released by theeffect of the heat
4Special intervention methods Cool the volumesexposed to heat with water spray
4Protection of the firemen- Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus- Complete body protection
146 In the event of accidental spillage
4 Individual precautions- Avoid contact with the skin and eyes
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
9 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
- Do not intervene without appropriate protectiveequipment
- Do not inhale the vapours- Evacuate the hazardous area- Stop the leakage- Eradicate all sources of ignition- Ventilate the spillage area mechanically (Risk of
asphyxia)4Cleaning Decontamination Allow residual product to
evaporate
147 Handling
4Technical measures Ventilation4Precautions to be taken
- No smoking- Prevent the accumulation of electrostatic charges- Work in a well ventilated place
148 Personal protection
4Respiratory protection- If insufficient ventilation AX type cartridge mask- In confined spaces Full facepiece self-contained
breathing apparatus4Hand protection Protective gloves in leather or nitrile
rubber4Eye protection Safety glasses with side protection4Skin protection Clothing made mostly of cotton4 Industrial hygiene Do not drink eat or smoke at the
place of work
149 Considerations on disposal
4Product waste Consult the manufacturer or thesupplier for information on recovery or recycling
4Soiled packaging Reuse or recycle afterdecontamination Destroy in authorised installations
WARNING
Disposal must be done in compliance withprevailing local and national regulations
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 10
1410 Regulations
4EC Regulation 8422006 Fluorinated greenhousegases under the Kyoto Protocol
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
11 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
2 About this manual
21 Symbols used
In these instructions various danger levels are employed to draw theuserrsquos attention to particular information In so doing we wish tosafeguard the userrsquos safety highlight hazards and guarantee correctoperation of the appliance
DANGER
Risk of a dangerous situation causing serious physicalinjury
WARNING
Risk of a dangerous situation causing slight physicalinjury
CAUTION
Risk of material damage
Signals important information
frac14Signals a referral to other instructions or other pages in theinstructions
Before installing and commissioning the device readcarefully the instruction manuals provided
22 Abbreviations
4 HP Heat pump4 DHW Domestic hot water4 LP Low pressure4 HP High pressure4 CFC Chlorofluorocarbon4 Qpr Static losses (Thermal losses from the DHW tank when it is
off for 24 hours)4 COP Performance coefficient4 HPHC Peak hours Off-peak hours
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 2 About this manual
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 12
3 Technical specifications
31 Certifications
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE
This product complies to the requirements to the european directivesand following standards
4 200695EC Low Voltage DirectiveReference Standard EN 603351
4 2004108EC Electromagnetic Compatibility DirectiveReference Standard EN 500811 EN 500821 EN 55014
32 Technical specifications
321 Characteristics of the appliance
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ECapacity litres 270 260 215Weight (empty) kg 105 123 92R134a refrigerant kg 145 145 145Output (HP) -Air temperature = 15degC W 1700 1700 1700Electrical resistor output W 2400 2400 2400Operating pressure bar (MPa) 10 (10) 10 (10) 10 (10)Power supply voltage V 230 230 230Circuit breaker A 16 16 16Ambient air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 470 470 460COP (1) - 244 264 255
COP (2) - 331 326 317
Vmax(3) litres 385 380 289
Pes(2)(4) W 42 41 33Outside air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 500 500 500COP (1) - 294 275 29(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
3 Technical specifications TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
13 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ENominal air flow rate (DP = 25 Pa) m3h 320 320 320
Vmax(3) litres 388 383 282
Pes(4)(1) W 34 36 30
Maximum length of the air connection Diameter 160 mm(5) m 26 26 26Hydraulic additional heating Exchanger surface m2 - 100 -
Continuous output DT = 35 K (6) (7) litres per hour - 9556 -
Flow rate over 10 minutes with DT = 30 K (6) l10 mm - 420 -(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 3 Technical specifications
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 14
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
1 Safety instructions andrecommendations
11 Safety instructions
DANGER
This appliance can be used by children agedfrom 8 years and above and persons withreduced physical sensory or mental capabilitiesor lack of experience and knowledge if they havebeen given supervision or instruction concerninguse of the appliance in a safe way andunderstand the hazards involved Children shallnot play with the appliance Cleaning and usermaintenance shall not be made by childrenwithout supervision
111 Installation
4Allow the space necessary for the correct installation ofthe appliancefrac14See chapter Positioning of the appliance(Installation and Service Manual)
112 Hydraulic connections
4The appliance is intended to be connectedpermanently to the mains water supply
4Maximum minimum water pressure at the inletfrac14See chapter Technical specifications
4The pressure limiter device must be started upregularly in order to remove any limescale deposits andcheck that it is not blocked
4Draining Turn off the domestic cold water inlet Opena hot water tap in the system and then open the safetyunit valve When the water stops flowing the appliancehas been drained
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 4
4A pressure reducer (not provided) is necessary whenthe mains pressure exceeds 80 of the calibration ofthe safety valve or unit It will be installed upstream ofthe appliance
4As water may run out of the discharge pipe on thepressure limiter device the discharge pipe must bekept open to the open air
4Connect the pressure limiter device to a drainage pipekept in the open air in a frost-free environment on acontinuous downward slope
113 Electrical connections
4Allowance must be made for a means of disconnectionin the fixed pipes in accordance with the regulations oninstallations
4 If the mains power lead is damaged it must be replacedby the original manufacturer the manufacturerrsquos dealeror another competent person to prevent hazardoussituations
4This appliance must not be powered via an externalswitch such as a timer or be connected to a circuit thatis regularly switched on and off by the electricitysupplier
4 Install the appliance according to national regulationson electrical installation
4Wiring diagram frac14See chapter Electrical principlediagram (Installation and Service Manual)
4Connecting the appliance to the mains electricityfrac14See chapter Electrical connections (Installationand Service Manual)
4Fuse type and calibre frac14See chapter Electricalconnections (Installation and Service Manual)
114 Internet Site
The user guide and the installation manual canalso be found on our internet site
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
5 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
115 Miscellaneous
DANGER
If smoke is released or in case of refrigerant leak1 Do not use a naked flame do not smoke do
not operate electrical contacts or switches( doorbell light motor lift etc)
2 Open the windows3 Switch the appliance off4 Avoid contact with the refrigerant Danger of
frost injuries5 Contact the professional responsible for
maintenance of the boiler
WARNING
Depending on the settings of the appliance4 Do not touch the refrigeration connection
pipes with your bare hands while theappliance is running Risk of being burnt
CAUTION
4 Do not neglect to service the applianceContact a qualified professional or take outa maintenance contract for the annualservicing of the appliance
4 In order to limit the risk of being scalded theinstallation of a thermostatic mixing valve onthe domestic hot water flow piping iscompulsory
12 Recommendations
WARNING
Only certified professionals having receivedadequate training are permitted to work on theappliance and the installation
WARNING
Before any work switch off the mains supply tothe appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 6
13 Liabilities
131 Manufacturerrsquos liability
Our products are manufactured in compliance with therequirements of the various applicable European
Directives They are therefore delivered with [ markingand all relevant documentationIn the interest of customers we are continuouslyendeavouring to make improvements in product qualityAll the specifications stated in this document are thereforesubject to change without notice
Our liability as the manufacturer may not be invoked in thefollowing cases4Failure to abide by the instructions on using the
appliance4Faulty or insufficient maintenance of the appliance4Failure to abide by the instructions on installing the
appliance
132 Installerrsquos liability
The installer is responsible for the installation andcommissioning of the appliance The installer mustrespect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Carry out installation in compliance with the prevailing
legislation and standards4Perform the initial start up and carry out any checks
necessary4Explain the installation to the user4 If a maintenance is necessary warn the user of the
obligation to check the appliance and maintain it ingood working order
4Give all the instruction manuals to the user
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
7 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
133 Userrsquos liability
To guarantee optimum operation of the appliance theuser must respect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Call on qualified professionals to carry out installation
and initial start up4Get your installer to explain your installation to you4Ensure the Appliance is serviced in accordance with
the manufacturerrsquos instructions by a suitable qualifiedperson
4Keep the instruction manuals in good condition closeto the appliance
14 Safety data sheet R-134a refrigerant
141 Product identification
4Refrigerant name R-134a
142 Hazard identification
4Effects harmful to health- The vapours are heavier than air and may lead to
asphyxia owing to reduced oxygen levels- Liquefied gas Contact with the liquid may cause
serious frost and eye injuries4Product classification This product is not classified as
a hazardous preparation according to EuropeanUnion regulations
CAUTION
If refrigerant is mixed with air it may lead topressure surges in the refrigeration pipes andcause an explosion and other hazards
143 Composition Information on theingredients
4Chemical nature 1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 8
4 Ingredients that may lead to hazardous situations
Substance name Concentration CAS number CE number Classification GWP1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a 100 811-97-2 212-377-0 1300
144 First aid
4 If inhaled Evacuate the subject from the contaminatedarea and take him into the open airIf feeling unwell Call a doctor
4 In the event of contact with the skin Treat frostinjuries as burns Rinse in abundant water do notremove clothing (risk of adhesion to the skin)If skin burns appear call a doctor immediately
4 In the event of contact with the eyes Rinseimmediately in water holding the eyelids well apart (atleast 15 minutes)Consult an ophthalmologist immediately
145 Fire prevention measures
4Appropriate extinguishing agents All extinguishingagents can be used
4 Inappropriate extinguishing agents None to ourknowledge In the event of fire nearby use theappropriate extinguishing agents
4Specific hazards- Rise in pressure
In the presence of air an inflammable mixture mayform under certain temperature and pressureconditions
- Toxic and corrosive vapours may be released by theeffect of the heat
4Special intervention methods Cool the volumesexposed to heat with water spray
4Protection of the firemen- Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus- Complete body protection
146 In the event of accidental spillage
4 Individual precautions- Avoid contact with the skin and eyes
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
9 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
- Do not intervene without appropriate protectiveequipment
- Do not inhale the vapours- Evacuate the hazardous area- Stop the leakage- Eradicate all sources of ignition- Ventilate the spillage area mechanically (Risk of
asphyxia)4Cleaning Decontamination Allow residual product to
evaporate
147 Handling
4Technical measures Ventilation4Precautions to be taken
- No smoking- Prevent the accumulation of electrostatic charges- Work in a well ventilated place
148 Personal protection
4Respiratory protection- If insufficient ventilation AX type cartridge mask- In confined spaces Full facepiece self-contained
breathing apparatus4Hand protection Protective gloves in leather or nitrile
rubber4Eye protection Safety glasses with side protection4Skin protection Clothing made mostly of cotton4 Industrial hygiene Do not drink eat or smoke at the
place of work
149 Considerations on disposal
4Product waste Consult the manufacturer or thesupplier for information on recovery or recycling
4Soiled packaging Reuse or recycle afterdecontamination Destroy in authorised installations
WARNING
Disposal must be done in compliance withprevailing local and national regulations
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 10
1410 Regulations
4EC Regulation 8422006 Fluorinated greenhousegases under the Kyoto Protocol
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
11 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
2 About this manual
21 Symbols used
In these instructions various danger levels are employed to draw theuserrsquos attention to particular information In so doing we wish tosafeguard the userrsquos safety highlight hazards and guarantee correctoperation of the appliance
DANGER
Risk of a dangerous situation causing serious physicalinjury
WARNING
Risk of a dangerous situation causing slight physicalinjury
CAUTION
Risk of material damage
Signals important information
frac14Signals a referral to other instructions or other pages in theinstructions
Before installing and commissioning the device readcarefully the instruction manuals provided
22 Abbreviations
4 HP Heat pump4 DHW Domestic hot water4 LP Low pressure4 HP High pressure4 CFC Chlorofluorocarbon4 Qpr Static losses (Thermal losses from the DHW tank when it is
off for 24 hours)4 COP Performance coefficient4 HPHC Peak hours Off-peak hours
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 2 About this manual
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 12
3 Technical specifications
31 Certifications
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE
This product complies to the requirements to the european directivesand following standards
4 200695EC Low Voltage DirectiveReference Standard EN 603351
4 2004108EC Electromagnetic Compatibility DirectiveReference Standard EN 500811 EN 500821 EN 55014
32 Technical specifications
321 Characteristics of the appliance
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ECapacity litres 270 260 215Weight (empty) kg 105 123 92R134a refrigerant kg 145 145 145Output (HP) -Air temperature = 15degC W 1700 1700 1700Electrical resistor output W 2400 2400 2400Operating pressure bar (MPa) 10 (10) 10 (10) 10 (10)Power supply voltage V 230 230 230Circuit breaker A 16 16 16Ambient air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 470 470 460COP (1) - 244 264 255
COP (2) - 331 326 317
Vmax(3) litres 385 380 289
Pes(2)(4) W 42 41 33Outside air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 500 500 500COP (1) - 294 275 29(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
3 Technical specifications TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
13 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ENominal air flow rate (DP = 25 Pa) m3h 320 320 320
Vmax(3) litres 388 383 282
Pes(4)(1) W 34 36 30
Maximum length of the air connection Diameter 160 mm(5) m 26 26 26Hydraulic additional heating Exchanger surface m2 - 100 -
Continuous output DT = 35 K (6) (7) litres per hour - 9556 -
Flow rate over 10 minutes with DT = 30 K (6) l10 mm - 420 -(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 3 Technical specifications
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 14
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
4A pressure reducer (not provided) is necessary whenthe mains pressure exceeds 80 of the calibration ofthe safety valve or unit It will be installed upstream ofthe appliance
4As water may run out of the discharge pipe on thepressure limiter device the discharge pipe must bekept open to the open air
4Connect the pressure limiter device to a drainage pipekept in the open air in a frost-free environment on acontinuous downward slope
113 Electrical connections
4Allowance must be made for a means of disconnectionin the fixed pipes in accordance with the regulations oninstallations
4 If the mains power lead is damaged it must be replacedby the original manufacturer the manufacturerrsquos dealeror another competent person to prevent hazardoussituations
4This appliance must not be powered via an externalswitch such as a timer or be connected to a circuit thatis regularly switched on and off by the electricitysupplier
4 Install the appliance according to national regulationson electrical installation
4Wiring diagram frac14See chapter Electrical principlediagram (Installation and Service Manual)
4Connecting the appliance to the mains electricityfrac14See chapter Electrical connections (Installationand Service Manual)
4Fuse type and calibre frac14See chapter Electricalconnections (Installation and Service Manual)
114 Internet Site
The user guide and the installation manual canalso be found on our internet site
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
5 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
115 Miscellaneous
DANGER
If smoke is released or in case of refrigerant leak1 Do not use a naked flame do not smoke do
not operate electrical contacts or switches( doorbell light motor lift etc)
2 Open the windows3 Switch the appliance off4 Avoid contact with the refrigerant Danger of
frost injuries5 Contact the professional responsible for
maintenance of the boiler
WARNING
Depending on the settings of the appliance4 Do not touch the refrigeration connection
pipes with your bare hands while theappliance is running Risk of being burnt
CAUTION
4 Do not neglect to service the applianceContact a qualified professional or take outa maintenance contract for the annualservicing of the appliance
4 In order to limit the risk of being scalded theinstallation of a thermostatic mixing valve onthe domestic hot water flow piping iscompulsory
12 Recommendations
WARNING
Only certified professionals having receivedadequate training are permitted to work on theappliance and the installation
WARNING
Before any work switch off the mains supply tothe appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 6
13 Liabilities
131 Manufacturerrsquos liability
Our products are manufactured in compliance with therequirements of the various applicable European
Directives They are therefore delivered with [ markingand all relevant documentationIn the interest of customers we are continuouslyendeavouring to make improvements in product qualityAll the specifications stated in this document are thereforesubject to change without notice
Our liability as the manufacturer may not be invoked in thefollowing cases4Failure to abide by the instructions on using the
appliance4Faulty or insufficient maintenance of the appliance4Failure to abide by the instructions on installing the
appliance
132 Installerrsquos liability
The installer is responsible for the installation andcommissioning of the appliance The installer mustrespect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Carry out installation in compliance with the prevailing
legislation and standards4Perform the initial start up and carry out any checks
necessary4Explain the installation to the user4 If a maintenance is necessary warn the user of the
obligation to check the appliance and maintain it ingood working order
4Give all the instruction manuals to the user
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
7 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
133 Userrsquos liability
To guarantee optimum operation of the appliance theuser must respect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Call on qualified professionals to carry out installation
and initial start up4Get your installer to explain your installation to you4Ensure the Appliance is serviced in accordance with
the manufacturerrsquos instructions by a suitable qualifiedperson
4Keep the instruction manuals in good condition closeto the appliance
14 Safety data sheet R-134a refrigerant
141 Product identification
4Refrigerant name R-134a
142 Hazard identification
4Effects harmful to health- The vapours are heavier than air and may lead to
asphyxia owing to reduced oxygen levels- Liquefied gas Contact with the liquid may cause
serious frost and eye injuries4Product classification This product is not classified as
a hazardous preparation according to EuropeanUnion regulations
CAUTION
If refrigerant is mixed with air it may lead topressure surges in the refrigeration pipes andcause an explosion and other hazards
143 Composition Information on theingredients
4Chemical nature 1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 8
4 Ingredients that may lead to hazardous situations
Substance name Concentration CAS number CE number Classification GWP1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a 100 811-97-2 212-377-0 1300
144 First aid
4 If inhaled Evacuate the subject from the contaminatedarea and take him into the open airIf feeling unwell Call a doctor
4 In the event of contact with the skin Treat frostinjuries as burns Rinse in abundant water do notremove clothing (risk of adhesion to the skin)If skin burns appear call a doctor immediately
4 In the event of contact with the eyes Rinseimmediately in water holding the eyelids well apart (atleast 15 minutes)Consult an ophthalmologist immediately
145 Fire prevention measures
4Appropriate extinguishing agents All extinguishingagents can be used
4 Inappropriate extinguishing agents None to ourknowledge In the event of fire nearby use theappropriate extinguishing agents
4Specific hazards- Rise in pressure
In the presence of air an inflammable mixture mayform under certain temperature and pressureconditions
- Toxic and corrosive vapours may be released by theeffect of the heat
4Special intervention methods Cool the volumesexposed to heat with water spray
4Protection of the firemen- Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus- Complete body protection
146 In the event of accidental spillage
4 Individual precautions- Avoid contact with the skin and eyes
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
9 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
- Do not intervene without appropriate protectiveequipment
- Do not inhale the vapours- Evacuate the hazardous area- Stop the leakage- Eradicate all sources of ignition- Ventilate the spillage area mechanically (Risk of
asphyxia)4Cleaning Decontamination Allow residual product to
evaporate
147 Handling
4Technical measures Ventilation4Precautions to be taken
- No smoking- Prevent the accumulation of electrostatic charges- Work in a well ventilated place
148 Personal protection
4Respiratory protection- If insufficient ventilation AX type cartridge mask- In confined spaces Full facepiece self-contained
breathing apparatus4Hand protection Protective gloves in leather or nitrile
rubber4Eye protection Safety glasses with side protection4Skin protection Clothing made mostly of cotton4 Industrial hygiene Do not drink eat or smoke at the
place of work
149 Considerations on disposal
4Product waste Consult the manufacturer or thesupplier for information on recovery or recycling
4Soiled packaging Reuse or recycle afterdecontamination Destroy in authorised installations
WARNING
Disposal must be done in compliance withprevailing local and national regulations
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 10
1410 Regulations
4EC Regulation 8422006 Fluorinated greenhousegases under the Kyoto Protocol
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
11 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
2 About this manual
21 Symbols used
In these instructions various danger levels are employed to draw theuserrsquos attention to particular information In so doing we wish tosafeguard the userrsquos safety highlight hazards and guarantee correctoperation of the appliance
DANGER
Risk of a dangerous situation causing serious physicalinjury
WARNING
Risk of a dangerous situation causing slight physicalinjury
CAUTION
Risk of material damage
Signals important information
frac14Signals a referral to other instructions or other pages in theinstructions
Before installing and commissioning the device readcarefully the instruction manuals provided
22 Abbreviations
4 HP Heat pump4 DHW Domestic hot water4 LP Low pressure4 HP High pressure4 CFC Chlorofluorocarbon4 Qpr Static losses (Thermal losses from the DHW tank when it is
off for 24 hours)4 COP Performance coefficient4 HPHC Peak hours Off-peak hours
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 2 About this manual
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 12
3 Technical specifications
31 Certifications
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE
This product complies to the requirements to the european directivesand following standards
4 200695EC Low Voltage DirectiveReference Standard EN 603351
4 2004108EC Electromagnetic Compatibility DirectiveReference Standard EN 500811 EN 500821 EN 55014
32 Technical specifications
321 Characteristics of the appliance
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ECapacity litres 270 260 215Weight (empty) kg 105 123 92R134a refrigerant kg 145 145 145Output (HP) -Air temperature = 15degC W 1700 1700 1700Electrical resistor output W 2400 2400 2400Operating pressure bar (MPa) 10 (10) 10 (10) 10 (10)Power supply voltage V 230 230 230Circuit breaker A 16 16 16Ambient air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 470 470 460COP (1) - 244 264 255
COP (2) - 331 326 317
Vmax(3) litres 385 380 289
Pes(2)(4) W 42 41 33Outside air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 500 500 500COP (1) - 294 275 29(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
3 Technical specifications TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
13 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ENominal air flow rate (DP = 25 Pa) m3h 320 320 320
Vmax(3) litres 388 383 282
Pes(4)(1) W 34 36 30
Maximum length of the air connection Diameter 160 mm(5) m 26 26 26Hydraulic additional heating Exchanger surface m2 - 100 -
Continuous output DT = 35 K (6) (7) litres per hour - 9556 -
Flow rate over 10 minutes with DT = 30 K (6) l10 mm - 420 -(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 3 Technical specifications
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 14
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
115 Miscellaneous
DANGER
If smoke is released or in case of refrigerant leak1 Do not use a naked flame do not smoke do
not operate electrical contacts or switches( doorbell light motor lift etc)
2 Open the windows3 Switch the appliance off4 Avoid contact with the refrigerant Danger of
frost injuries5 Contact the professional responsible for
maintenance of the boiler
WARNING
Depending on the settings of the appliance4 Do not touch the refrigeration connection
pipes with your bare hands while theappliance is running Risk of being burnt
CAUTION
4 Do not neglect to service the applianceContact a qualified professional or take outa maintenance contract for the annualservicing of the appliance
4 In order to limit the risk of being scalded theinstallation of a thermostatic mixing valve onthe domestic hot water flow piping iscompulsory
12 Recommendations
WARNING
Only certified professionals having receivedadequate training are permitted to work on theappliance and the installation
WARNING
Before any work switch off the mains supply tothe appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 6
13 Liabilities
131 Manufacturerrsquos liability
Our products are manufactured in compliance with therequirements of the various applicable European
Directives They are therefore delivered with [ markingand all relevant documentationIn the interest of customers we are continuouslyendeavouring to make improvements in product qualityAll the specifications stated in this document are thereforesubject to change without notice
Our liability as the manufacturer may not be invoked in thefollowing cases4Failure to abide by the instructions on using the
appliance4Faulty or insufficient maintenance of the appliance4Failure to abide by the instructions on installing the
appliance
132 Installerrsquos liability
The installer is responsible for the installation andcommissioning of the appliance The installer mustrespect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Carry out installation in compliance with the prevailing
legislation and standards4Perform the initial start up and carry out any checks
necessary4Explain the installation to the user4 If a maintenance is necessary warn the user of the
obligation to check the appliance and maintain it ingood working order
4Give all the instruction manuals to the user
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
7 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
133 Userrsquos liability
To guarantee optimum operation of the appliance theuser must respect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Call on qualified professionals to carry out installation
and initial start up4Get your installer to explain your installation to you4Ensure the Appliance is serviced in accordance with
the manufacturerrsquos instructions by a suitable qualifiedperson
4Keep the instruction manuals in good condition closeto the appliance
14 Safety data sheet R-134a refrigerant
141 Product identification
4Refrigerant name R-134a
142 Hazard identification
4Effects harmful to health- The vapours are heavier than air and may lead to
asphyxia owing to reduced oxygen levels- Liquefied gas Contact with the liquid may cause
serious frost and eye injuries4Product classification This product is not classified as
a hazardous preparation according to EuropeanUnion regulations
CAUTION
If refrigerant is mixed with air it may lead topressure surges in the refrigeration pipes andcause an explosion and other hazards
143 Composition Information on theingredients
4Chemical nature 1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 8
4 Ingredients that may lead to hazardous situations
Substance name Concentration CAS number CE number Classification GWP1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a 100 811-97-2 212-377-0 1300
144 First aid
4 If inhaled Evacuate the subject from the contaminatedarea and take him into the open airIf feeling unwell Call a doctor
4 In the event of contact with the skin Treat frostinjuries as burns Rinse in abundant water do notremove clothing (risk of adhesion to the skin)If skin burns appear call a doctor immediately
4 In the event of contact with the eyes Rinseimmediately in water holding the eyelids well apart (atleast 15 minutes)Consult an ophthalmologist immediately
145 Fire prevention measures
4Appropriate extinguishing agents All extinguishingagents can be used
4 Inappropriate extinguishing agents None to ourknowledge In the event of fire nearby use theappropriate extinguishing agents
4Specific hazards- Rise in pressure
In the presence of air an inflammable mixture mayform under certain temperature and pressureconditions
- Toxic and corrosive vapours may be released by theeffect of the heat
4Special intervention methods Cool the volumesexposed to heat with water spray
4Protection of the firemen- Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus- Complete body protection
146 In the event of accidental spillage
4 Individual precautions- Avoid contact with the skin and eyes
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
9 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
- Do not intervene without appropriate protectiveequipment
- Do not inhale the vapours- Evacuate the hazardous area- Stop the leakage- Eradicate all sources of ignition- Ventilate the spillage area mechanically (Risk of
asphyxia)4Cleaning Decontamination Allow residual product to
evaporate
147 Handling
4Technical measures Ventilation4Precautions to be taken
- No smoking- Prevent the accumulation of electrostatic charges- Work in a well ventilated place
148 Personal protection
4Respiratory protection- If insufficient ventilation AX type cartridge mask- In confined spaces Full facepiece self-contained
breathing apparatus4Hand protection Protective gloves in leather or nitrile
rubber4Eye protection Safety glasses with side protection4Skin protection Clothing made mostly of cotton4 Industrial hygiene Do not drink eat or smoke at the
place of work
149 Considerations on disposal
4Product waste Consult the manufacturer or thesupplier for information on recovery or recycling
4Soiled packaging Reuse or recycle afterdecontamination Destroy in authorised installations
WARNING
Disposal must be done in compliance withprevailing local and national regulations
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 10
1410 Regulations
4EC Regulation 8422006 Fluorinated greenhousegases under the Kyoto Protocol
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
11 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
2 About this manual
21 Symbols used
In these instructions various danger levels are employed to draw theuserrsquos attention to particular information In so doing we wish tosafeguard the userrsquos safety highlight hazards and guarantee correctoperation of the appliance
DANGER
Risk of a dangerous situation causing serious physicalinjury
WARNING
Risk of a dangerous situation causing slight physicalinjury
CAUTION
Risk of material damage
Signals important information
frac14Signals a referral to other instructions or other pages in theinstructions
Before installing and commissioning the device readcarefully the instruction manuals provided
22 Abbreviations
4 HP Heat pump4 DHW Domestic hot water4 LP Low pressure4 HP High pressure4 CFC Chlorofluorocarbon4 Qpr Static losses (Thermal losses from the DHW tank when it is
off for 24 hours)4 COP Performance coefficient4 HPHC Peak hours Off-peak hours
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 2 About this manual
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 12
3 Technical specifications
31 Certifications
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE
This product complies to the requirements to the european directivesand following standards
4 200695EC Low Voltage DirectiveReference Standard EN 603351
4 2004108EC Electromagnetic Compatibility DirectiveReference Standard EN 500811 EN 500821 EN 55014
32 Technical specifications
321 Characteristics of the appliance
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ECapacity litres 270 260 215Weight (empty) kg 105 123 92R134a refrigerant kg 145 145 145Output (HP) -Air temperature = 15degC W 1700 1700 1700Electrical resistor output W 2400 2400 2400Operating pressure bar (MPa) 10 (10) 10 (10) 10 (10)Power supply voltage V 230 230 230Circuit breaker A 16 16 16Ambient air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 470 470 460COP (1) - 244 264 255
COP (2) - 331 326 317
Vmax(3) litres 385 380 289
Pes(2)(4) W 42 41 33Outside air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 500 500 500COP (1) - 294 275 29(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
3 Technical specifications TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
13 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ENominal air flow rate (DP = 25 Pa) m3h 320 320 320
Vmax(3) litres 388 383 282
Pes(4)(1) W 34 36 30
Maximum length of the air connection Diameter 160 mm(5) m 26 26 26Hydraulic additional heating Exchanger surface m2 - 100 -
Continuous output DT = 35 K (6) (7) litres per hour - 9556 -
Flow rate over 10 minutes with DT = 30 K (6) l10 mm - 420 -(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 3 Technical specifications
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 14
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
13 Liabilities
131 Manufacturerrsquos liability
Our products are manufactured in compliance with therequirements of the various applicable European
Directives They are therefore delivered with [ markingand all relevant documentationIn the interest of customers we are continuouslyendeavouring to make improvements in product qualityAll the specifications stated in this document are thereforesubject to change without notice
Our liability as the manufacturer may not be invoked in thefollowing cases4Failure to abide by the instructions on using the
appliance4Faulty or insufficient maintenance of the appliance4Failure to abide by the instructions on installing the
appliance
132 Installerrsquos liability
The installer is responsible for the installation andcommissioning of the appliance The installer mustrespect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Carry out installation in compliance with the prevailing
legislation and standards4Perform the initial start up and carry out any checks
necessary4Explain the installation to the user4 If a maintenance is necessary warn the user of the
obligation to check the appliance and maintain it ingood working order
4Give all the instruction manuals to the user
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
7 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
133 Userrsquos liability
To guarantee optimum operation of the appliance theuser must respect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Call on qualified professionals to carry out installation
and initial start up4Get your installer to explain your installation to you4Ensure the Appliance is serviced in accordance with
the manufacturerrsquos instructions by a suitable qualifiedperson
4Keep the instruction manuals in good condition closeto the appliance
14 Safety data sheet R-134a refrigerant
141 Product identification
4Refrigerant name R-134a
142 Hazard identification
4Effects harmful to health- The vapours are heavier than air and may lead to
asphyxia owing to reduced oxygen levels- Liquefied gas Contact with the liquid may cause
serious frost and eye injuries4Product classification This product is not classified as
a hazardous preparation according to EuropeanUnion regulations
CAUTION
If refrigerant is mixed with air it may lead topressure surges in the refrigeration pipes andcause an explosion and other hazards
143 Composition Information on theingredients
4Chemical nature 1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 8
4 Ingredients that may lead to hazardous situations
Substance name Concentration CAS number CE number Classification GWP1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a 100 811-97-2 212-377-0 1300
144 First aid
4 If inhaled Evacuate the subject from the contaminatedarea and take him into the open airIf feeling unwell Call a doctor
4 In the event of contact with the skin Treat frostinjuries as burns Rinse in abundant water do notremove clothing (risk of adhesion to the skin)If skin burns appear call a doctor immediately
4 In the event of contact with the eyes Rinseimmediately in water holding the eyelids well apart (atleast 15 minutes)Consult an ophthalmologist immediately
145 Fire prevention measures
4Appropriate extinguishing agents All extinguishingagents can be used
4 Inappropriate extinguishing agents None to ourknowledge In the event of fire nearby use theappropriate extinguishing agents
4Specific hazards- Rise in pressure
In the presence of air an inflammable mixture mayform under certain temperature and pressureconditions
- Toxic and corrosive vapours may be released by theeffect of the heat
4Special intervention methods Cool the volumesexposed to heat with water spray
4Protection of the firemen- Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus- Complete body protection
146 In the event of accidental spillage
4 Individual precautions- Avoid contact with the skin and eyes
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
9 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
- Do not intervene without appropriate protectiveequipment
- Do not inhale the vapours- Evacuate the hazardous area- Stop the leakage- Eradicate all sources of ignition- Ventilate the spillage area mechanically (Risk of
asphyxia)4Cleaning Decontamination Allow residual product to
evaporate
147 Handling
4Technical measures Ventilation4Precautions to be taken
- No smoking- Prevent the accumulation of electrostatic charges- Work in a well ventilated place
148 Personal protection
4Respiratory protection- If insufficient ventilation AX type cartridge mask- In confined spaces Full facepiece self-contained
breathing apparatus4Hand protection Protective gloves in leather or nitrile
rubber4Eye protection Safety glasses with side protection4Skin protection Clothing made mostly of cotton4 Industrial hygiene Do not drink eat or smoke at the
place of work
149 Considerations on disposal
4Product waste Consult the manufacturer or thesupplier for information on recovery or recycling
4Soiled packaging Reuse or recycle afterdecontamination Destroy in authorised installations
WARNING
Disposal must be done in compliance withprevailing local and national regulations
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 10
1410 Regulations
4EC Regulation 8422006 Fluorinated greenhousegases under the Kyoto Protocol
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
11 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
2 About this manual
21 Symbols used
In these instructions various danger levels are employed to draw theuserrsquos attention to particular information In so doing we wish tosafeguard the userrsquos safety highlight hazards and guarantee correctoperation of the appliance
DANGER
Risk of a dangerous situation causing serious physicalinjury
WARNING
Risk of a dangerous situation causing slight physicalinjury
CAUTION
Risk of material damage
Signals important information
frac14Signals a referral to other instructions or other pages in theinstructions
Before installing and commissioning the device readcarefully the instruction manuals provided
22 Abbreviations
4 HP Heat pump4 DHW Domestic hot water4 LP Low pressure4 HP High pressure4 CFC Chlorofluorocarbon4 Qpr Static losses (Thermal losses from the DHW tank when it is
off for 24 hours)4 COP Performance coefficient4 HPHC Peak hours Off-peak hours
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 2 About this manual
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 12
3 Technical specifications
31 Certifications
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE
This product complies to the requirements to the european directivesand following standards
4 200695EC Low Voltage DirectiveReference Standard EN 603351
4 2004108EC Electromagnetic Compatibility DirectiveReference Standard EN 500811 EN 500821 EN 55014
32 Technical specifications
321 Characteristics of the appliance
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ECapacity litres 270 260 215Weight (empty) kg 105 123 92R134a refrigerant kg 145 145 145Output (HP) -Air temperature = 15degC W 1700 1700 1700Electrical resistor output W 2400 2400 2400Operating pressure bar (MPa) 10 (10) 10 (10) 10 (10)Power supply voltage V 230 230 230Circuit breaker A 16 16 16Ambient air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 470 470 460COP (1) - 244 264 255
COP (2) - 331 326 317
Vmax(3) litres 385 380 289
Pes(2)(4) W 42 41 33Outside air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 500 500 500COP (1) - 294 275 29(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
3 Technical specifications TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
13 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ENominal air flow rate (DP = 25 Pa) m3h 320 320 320
Vmax(3) litres 388 383 282
Pes(4)(1) W 34 36 30
Maximum length of the air connection Diameter 160 mm(5) m 26 26 26Hydraulic additional heating Exchanger surface m2 - 100 -
Continuous output DT = 35 K (6) (7) litres per hour - 9556 -
Flow rate over 10 minutes with DT = 30 K (6) l10 mm - 420 -(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 3 Technical specifications
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 14
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
133 Userrsquos liability
To guarantee optimum operation of the appliance theuser must respect the following instructions4Read and follow the instructions given in the manuals
provided with the appliance4Call on qualified professionals to carry out installation
and initial start up4Get your installer to explain your installation to you4Ensure the Appliance is serviced in accordance with
the manufacturerrsquos instructions by a suitable qualifiedperson
4Keep the instruction manuals in good condition closeto the appliance
14 Safety data sheet R-134a refrigerant
141 Product identification
4Refrigerant name R-134a
142 Hazard identification
4Effects harmful to health- The vapours are heavier than air and may lead to
asphyxia owing to reduced oxygen levels- Liquefied gas Contact with the liquid may cause
serious frost and eye injuries4Product classification This product is not classified as
a hazardous preparation according to EuropeanUnion regulations
CAUTION
If refrigerant is mixed with air it may lead topressure surges in the refrigeration pipes andcause an explosion and other hazards
143 Composition Information on theingredients
4Chemical nature 1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 8
4 Ingredients that may lead to hazardous situations
Substance name Concentration CAS number CE number Classification GWP1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a 100 811-97-2 212-377-0 1300
144 First aid
4 If inhaled Evacuate the subject from the contaminatedarea and take him into the open airIf feeling unwell Call a doctor
4 In the event of contact with the skin Treat frostinjuries as burns Rinse in abundant water do notremove clothing (risk of adhesion to the skin)If skin burns appear call a doctor immediately
4 In the event of contact with the eyes Rinseimmediately in water holding the eyelids well apart (atleast 15 minutes)Consult an ophthalmologist immediately
145 Fire prevention measures
4Appropriate extinguishing agents All extinguishingagents can be used
4 Inappropriate extinguishing agents None to ourknowledge In the event of fire nearby use theappropriate extinguishing agents
4Specific hazards- Rise in pressure
In the presence of air an inflammable mixture mayform under certain temperature and pressureconditions
- Toxic and corrosive vapours may be released by theeffect of the heat
4Special intervention methods Cool the volumesexposed to heat with water spray
4Protection of the firemen- Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus- Complete body protection
146 In the event of accidental spillage
4 Individual precautions- Avoid contact with the skin and eyes
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
9 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
- Do not intervene without appropriate protectiveequipment
- Do not inhale the vapours- Evacuate the hazardous area- Stop the leakage- Eradicate all sources of ignition- Ventilate the spillage area mechanically (Risk of
asphyxia)4Cleaning Decontamination Allow residual product to
evaporate
147 Handling
4Technical measures Ventilation4Precautions to be taken
- No smoking- Prevent the accumulation of electrostatic charges- Work in a well ventilated place
148 Personal protection
4Respiratory protection- If insufficient ventilation AX type cartridge mask- In confined spaces Full facepiece self-contained
breathing apparatus4Hand protection Protective gloves in leather or nitrile
rubber4Eye protection Safety glasses with side protection4Skin protection Clothing made mostly of cotton4 Industrial hygiene Do not drink eat or smoke at the
place of work
149 Considerations on disposal
4Product waste Consult the manufacturer or thesupplier for information on recovery or recycling
4Soiled packaging Reuse or recycle afterdecontamination Destroy in authorised installations
WARNING
Disposal must be done in compliance withprevailing local and national regulations
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 10
1410 Regulations
4EC Regulation 8422006 Fluorinated greenhousegases under the Kyoto Protocol
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
11 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
2 About this manual
21 Symbols used
In these instructions various danger levels are employed to draw theuserrsquos attention to particular information In so doing we wish tosafeguard the userrsquos safety highlight hazards and guarantee correctoperation of the appliance
DANGER
Risk of a dangerous situation causing serious physicalinjury
WARNING
Risk of a dangerous situation causing slight physicalinjury
CAUTION
Risk of material damage
Signals important information
frac14Signals a referral to other instructions or other pages in theinstructions
Before installing and commissioning the device readcarefully the instruction manuals provided
22 Abbreviations
4 HP Heat pump4 DHW Domestic hot water4 LP Low pressure4 HP High pressure4 CFC Chlorofluorocarbon4 Qpr Static losses (Thermal losses from the DHW tank when it is
off for 24 hours)4 COP Performance coefficient4 HPHC Peak hours Off-peak hours
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 2 About this manual
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 12
3 Technical specifications
31 Certifications
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE
This product complies to the requirements to the european directivesand following standards
4 200695EC Low Voltage DirectiveReference Standard EN 603351
4 2004108EC Electromagnetic Compatibility DirectiveReference Standard EN 500811 EN 500821 EN 55014
32 Technical specifications
321 Characteristics of the appliance
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ECapacity litres 270 260 215Weight (empty) kg 105 123 92R134a refrigerant kg 145 145 145Output (HP) -Air temperature = 15degC W 1700 1700 1700Electrical resistor output W 2400 2400 2400Operating pressure bar (MPa) 10 (10) 10 (10) 10 (10)Power supply voltage V 230 230 230Circuit breaker A 16 16 16Ambient air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 470 470 460COP (1) - 244 264 255
COP (2) - 331 326 317
Vmax(3) litres 385 380 289
Pes(2)(4) W 42 41 33Outside air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 500 500 500COP (1) - 294 275 29(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
3 Technical specifications TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
13 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ENominal air flow rate (DP = 25 Pa) m3h 320 320 320
Vmax(3) litres 388 383 282
Pes(4)(1) W 34 36 30
Maximum length of the air connection Diameter 160 mm(5) m 26 26 26Hydraulic additional heating Exchanger surface m2 - 100 -
Continuous output DT = 35 K (6) (7) litres per hour - 9556 -
Flow rate over 10 minutes with DT = 30 K (6) l10 mm - 420 -(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 3 Technical specifications
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 14
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
4 Ingredients that may lead to hazardous situations
Substance name Concentration CAS number CE number Classification GWP1112-Tetrafluoroethane R-134a 100 811-97-2 212-377-0 1300
144 First aid
4 If inhaled Evacuate the subject from the contaminatedarea and take him into the open airIf feeling unwell Call a doctor
4 In the event of contact with the skin Treat frostinjuries as burns Rinse in abundant water do notremove clothing (risk of adhesion to the skin)If skin burns appear call a doctor immediately
4 In the event of contact with the eyes Rinseimmediately in water holding the eyelids well apart (atleast 15 minutes)Consult an ophthalmologist immediately
145 Fire prevention measures
4Appropriate extinguishing agents All extinguishingagents can be used
4 Inappropriate extinguishing agents None to ourknowledge In the event of fire nearby use theappropriate extinguishing agents
4Specific hazards- Rise in pressure
In the presence of air an inflammable mixture mayform under certain temperature and pressureconditions
- Toxic and corrosive vapours may be released by theeffect of the heat
4Special intervention methods Cool the volumesexposed to heat with water spray
4Protection of the firemen- Full facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus- Complete body protection
146 In the event of accidental spillage
4 Individual precautions- Avoid contact with the skin and eyes
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
9 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
- Do not intervene without appropriate protectiveequipment
- Do not inhale the vapours- Evacuate the hazardous area- Stop the leakage- Eradicate all sources of ignition- Ventilate the spillage area mechanically (Risk of
asphyxia)4Cleaning Decontamination Allow residual product to
evaporate
147 Handling
4Technical measures Ventilation4Precautions to be taken
- No smoking- Prevent the accumulation of electrostatic charges- Work in a well ventilated place
148 Personal protection
4Respiratory protection- If insufficient ventilation AX type cartridge mask- In confined spaces Full facepiece self-contained
breathing apparatus4Hand protection Protective gloves in leather or nitrile
rubber4Eye protection Safety glasses with side protection4Skin protection Clothing made mostly of cotton4 Industrial hygiene Do not drink eat or smoke at the
place of work
149 Considerations on disposal
4Product waste Consult the manufacturer or thesupplier for information on recovery or recycling
4Soiled packaging Reuse or recycle afterdecontamination Destroy in authorised installations
WARNING
Disposal must be done in compliance withprevailing local and national regulations
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 10
1410 Regulations
4EC Regulation 8422006 Fluorinated greenhousegases under the Kyoto Protocol
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
11 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
2 About this manual
21 Symbols used
In these instructions various danger levels are employed to draw theuserrsquos attention to particular information In so doing we wish tosafeguard the userrsquos safety highlight hazards and guarantee correctoperation of the appliance
DANGER
Risk of a dangerous situation causing serious physicalinjury
WARNING
Risk of a dangerous situation causing slight physicalinjury
CAUTION
Risk of material damage
Signals important information
frac14Signals a referral to other instructions or other pages in theinstructions
Before installing and commissioning the device readcarefully the instruction manuals provided
22 Abbreviations
4 HP Heat pump4 DHW Domestic hot water4 LP Low pressure4 HP High pressure4 CFC Chlorofluorocarbon4 Qpr Static losses (Thermal losses from the DHW tank when it is
off for 24 hours)4 COP Performance coefficient4 HPHC Peak hours Off-peak hours
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 2 About this manual
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 12
3 Technical specifications
31 Certifications
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE
This product complies to the requirements to the european directivesand following standards
4 200695EC Low Voltage DirectiveReference Standard EN 603351
4 2004108EC Electromagnetic Compatibility DirectiveReference Standard EN 500811 EN 500821 EN 55014
32 Technical specifications
321 Characteristics of the appliance
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ECapacity litres 270 260 215Weight (empty) kg 105 123 92R134a refrigerant kg 145 145 145Output (HP) -Air temperature = 15degC W 1700 1700 1700Electrical resistor output W 2400 2400 2400Operating pressure bar (MPa) 10 (10) 10 (10) 10 (10)Power supply voltage V 230 230 230Circuit breaker A 16 16 16Ambient air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 470 470 460COP (1) - 244 264 255
COP (2) - 331 326 317
Vmax(3) litres 385 380 289
Pes(2)(4) W 42 41 33Outside air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 500 500 500COP (1) - 294 275 29(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
3 Technical specifications TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
13 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ENominal air flow rate (DP = 25 Pa) m3h 320 320 320
Vmax(3) litres 388 383 282
Pes(4)(1) W 34 36 30
Maximum length of the air connection Diameter 160 mm(5) m 26 26 26Hydraulic additional heating Exchanger surface m2 - 100 -
Continuous output DT = 35 K (6) (7) litres per hour - 9556 -
Flow rate over 10 minutes with DT = 30 K (6) l10 mm - 420 -(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 3 Technical specifications
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 14
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
- Do not intervene without appropriate protectiveequipment
- Do not inhale the vapours- Evacuate the hazardous area- Stop the leakage- Eradicate all sources of ignition- Ventilate the spillage area mechanically (Risk of
asphyxia)4Cleaning Decontamination Allow residual product to
evaporate
147 Handling
4Technical measures Ventilation4Precautions to be taken
- No smoking- Prevent the accumulation of electrostatic charges- Work in a well ventilated place
148 Personal protection
4Respiratory protection- If insufficient ventilation AX type cartridge mask- In confined spaces Full facepiece self-contained
breathing apparatus4Hand protection Protective gloves in leather or nitrile
rubber4Eye protection Safety glasses with side protection4Skin protection Clothing made mostly of cotton4 Industrial hygiene Do not drink eat or smoke at the
place of work
149 Considerations on disposal
4Product waste Consult the manufacturer or thesupplier for information on recovery or recycling
4Soiled packaging Reuse or recycle afterdecontamination Destroy in authorised installations
WARNING
Disposal must be done in compliance withprevailing local and national regulations
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 1 Safety instructions and recommendations
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 10
1410 Regulations
4EC Regulation 8422006 Fluorinated greenhousegases under the Kyoto Protocol
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
11 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
2 About this manual
21 Symbols used
In these instructions various danger levels are employed to draw theuserrsquos attention to particular information In so doing we wish tosafeguard the userrsquos safety highlight hazards and guarantee correctoperation of the appliance
DANGER
Risk of a dangerous situation causing serious physicalinjury
WARNING
Risk of a dangerous situation causing slight physicalinjury
CAUTION
Risk of material damage
Signals important information
frac14Signals a referral to other instructions or other pages in theinstructions
Before installing and commissioning the device readcarefully the instruction manuals provided
22 Abbreviations
4 HP Heat pump4 DHW Domestic hot water4 LP Low pressure4 HP High pressure4 CFC Chlorofluorocarbon4 Qpr Static losses (Thermal losses from the DHW tank when it is
off for 24 hours)4 COP Performance coefficient4 HPHC Peak hours Off-peak hours
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 2 About this manual
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 12
3 Technical specifications
31 Certifications
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE
This product complies to the requirements to the european directivesand following standards
4 200695EC Low Voltage DirectiveReference Standard EN 603351
4 2004108EC Electromagnetic Compatibility DirectiveReference Standard EN 500811 EN 500821 EN 55014
32 Technical specifications
321 Characteristics of the appliance
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ECapacity litres 270 260 215Weight (empty) kg 105 123 92R134a refrigerant kg 145 145 145Output (HP) -Air temperature = 15degC W 1700 1700 1700Electrical resistor output W 2400 2400 2400Operating pressure bar (MPa) 10 (10) 10 (10) 10 (10)Power supply voltage V 230 230 230Circuit breaker A 16 16 16Ambient air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 470 470 460COP (1) - 244 264 255
COP (2) - 331 326 317
Vmax(3) litres 385 380 289
Pes(2)(4) W 42 41 33Outside air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 500 500 500COP (1) - 294 275 29(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
3 Technical specifications TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
13 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ENominal air flow rate (DP = 25 Pa) m3h 320 320 320
Vmax(3) litres 388 383 282
Pes(4)(1) W 34 36 30
Maximum length of the air connection Diameter 160 mm(5) m 26 26 26Hydraulic additional heating Exchanger surface m2 - 100 -
Continuous output DT = 35 K (6) (7) litres per hour - 9556 -
Flow rate over 10 minutes with DT = 30 K (6) l10 mm - 420 -(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 3 Technical specifications
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 14
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
1410 Regulations
4EC Regulation 8422006 Fluorinated greenhousegases under the Kyoto Protocol
1 Safety instructions and recommendations TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
11 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
2 About this manual
21 Symbols used
In these instructions various danger levels are employed to draw theuserrsquos attention to particular information In so doing we wish tosafeguard the userrsquos safety highlight hazards and guarantee correctoperation of the appliance
DANGER
Risk of a dangerous situation causing serious physicalinjury
WARNING
Risk of a dangerous situation causing slight physicalinjury
CAUTION
Risk of material damage
Signals important information
frac14Signals a referral to other instructions or other pages in theinstructions
Before installing and commissioning the device readcarefully the instruction manuals provided
22 Abbreviations
4 HP Heat pump4 DHW Domestic hot water4 LP Low pressure4 HP High pressure4 CFC Chlorofluorocarbon4 Qpr Static losses (Thermal losses from the DHW tank when it is
off for 24 hours)4 COP Performance coefficient4 HPHC Peak hours Off-peak hours
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 2 About this manual
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 12
3 Technical specifications
31 Certifications
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE
This product complies to the requirements to the european directivesand following standards
4 200695EC Low Voltage DirectiveReference Standard EN 603351
4 2004108EC Electromagnetic Compatibility DirectiveReference Standard EN 500811 EN 500821 EN 55014
32 Technical specifications
321 Characteristics of the appliance
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ECapacity litres 270 260 215Weight (empty) kg 105 123 92R134a refrigerant kg 145 145 145Output (HP) -Air temperature = 15degC W 1700 1700 1700Electrical resistor output W 2400 2400 2400Operating pressure bar (MPa) 10 (10) 10 (10) 10 (10)Power supply voltage V 230 230 230Circuit breaker A 16 16 16Ambient air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 470 470 460COP (1) - 244 264 255
COP (2) - 331 326 317
Vmax(3) litres 385 380 289
Pes(2)(4) W 42 41 33Outside air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 500 500 500COP (1) - 294 275 29(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
3 Technical specifications TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
13 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ENominal air flow rate (DP = 25 Pa) m3h 320 320 320
Vmax(3) litres 388 383 282
Pes(4)(1) W 34 36 30
Maximum length of the air connection Diameter 160 mm(5) m 26 26 26Hydraulic additional heating Exchanger surface m2 - 100 -
Continuous output DT = 35 K (6) (7) litres per hour - 9556 -
Flow rate over 10 minutes with DT = 30 K (6) l10 mm - 420 -(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 3 Technical specifications
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 14
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
2 About this manual
21 Symbols used
In these instructions various danger levels are employed to draw theuserrsquos attention to particular information In so doing we wish tosafeguard the userrsquos safety highlight hazards and guarantee correctoperation of the appliance
DANGER
Risk of a dangerous situation causing serious physicalinjury
WARNING
Risk of a dangerous situation causing slight physicalinjury
CAUTION
Risk of material damage
Signals important information
frac14Signals a referral to other instructions or other pages in theinstructions
Before installing and commissioning the device readcarefully the instruction manuals provided
22 Abbreviations
4 HP Heat pump4 DHW Domestic hot water4 LP Low pressure4 HP High pressure4 CFC Chlorofluorocarbon4 Qpr Static losses (Thermal losses from the DHW tank when it is
off for 24 hours)4 COP Performance coefficient4 HPHC Peak hours Off-peak hours
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 2 About this manual
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 12
3 Technical specifications
31 Certifications
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE
This product complies to the requirements to the european directivesand following standards
4 200695EC Low Voltage DirectiveReference Standard EN 603351
4 2004108EC Electromagnetic Compatibility DirectiveReference Standard EN 500811 EN 500821 EN 55014
32 Technical specifications
321 Characteristics of the appliance
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ECapacity litres 270 260 215Weight (empty) kg 105 123 92R134a refrigerant kg 145 145 145Output (HP) -Air temperature = 15degC W 1700 1700 1700Electrical resistor output W 2400 2400 2400Operating pressure bar (MPa) 10 (10) 10 (10) 10 (10)Power supply voltage V 230 230 230Circuit breaker A 16 16 16Ambient air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 470 470 460COP (1) - 244 264 255
COP (2) - 331 326 317
Vmax(3) litres 385 380 289
Pes(2)(4) W 42 41 33Outside air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 500 500 500COP (1) - 294 275 29(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
3 Technical specifications TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
13 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ENominal air flow rate (DP = 25 Pa) m3h 320 320 320
Vmax(3) litres 388 383 282
Pes(4)(1) W 34 36 30
Maximum length of the air connection Diameter 160 mm(5) m 26 26 26Hydraulic additional heating Exchanger surface m2 - 100 -
Continuous output DT = 35 K (6) (7) litres per hour - 9556 -
Flow rate over 10 minutes with DT = 30 K (6) l10 mm - 420 -(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 3 Technical specifications
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 14
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
3 Technical specifications
31 Certifications
311 Electrical compliance Marking CE
This product complies to the requirements to the european directivesand following standards
4 200695EC Low Voltage DirectiveReference Standard EN 603351
4 2004108EC Electromagnetic Compatibility DirectiveReference Standard EN 500811 EN 500821 EN 55014
32 Technical specifications
321 Characteristics of the appliance
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ECapacity litres 270 260 215Weight (empty) kg 105 123 92R134a refrigerant kg 145 145 145Output (HP) -Air temperature = 15degC W 1700 1700 1700Electrical resistor output W 2400 2400 2400Operating pressure bar (MPa) 10 (10) 10 (10) 10 (10)Power supply voltage V 230 230 230Circuit breaker A 16 16 16Ambient air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 470 470 460COP (1) - 244 264 255
COP (2) - 331 326 317
Vmax(3) litres 385 380 289
Pes(2)(4) W 42 41 33Outside air performance Absorbed electrical power (HP) W 500 500 500COP (1) - 294 275 29(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
3 Technical specifications TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
13 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ENominal air flow rate (DP = 25 Pa) m3h 320 320 320
Vmax(3) litres 388 383 282
Pes(4)(1) W 34 36 30
Maximum length of the air connection Diameter 160 mm(5) m 26 26 26Hydraulic additional heating Exchanger surface m2 - 100 -
Continuous output DT = 35 K (6) (7) litres per hour - 9556 -
Flow rate over 10 minutes with DT = 30 K (6) l10 mm - 420 -(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 3 Technical specifications
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 14
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
Model TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH TWH 200 ENominal air flow rate (DP = 25 Pa) m3h 320 320 320
Vmax(3) litres 388 383 282
Pes(4)(1) W 34 36 30
Maximum length of the air connection Diameter 160 mm(5) m 26 26 26Hydraulic additional heating Exchanger surface m2 - 100 -
Continuous output DT = 35 K (6) (7) litres per hour - 9556 -
Flow rate over 10 minutes with DT = 30 K (6) l10 mm - 420 -(1) Value obtained with an air temperature of 7 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(2) Value obtained with an air temperature of 15 and a water inlet at 10 degC as per EN16147 based on Specification LCIE Ndeg103-15B2011(3) Maximum volume of hot water that can be used at a temperature of 40degC(4) Power consumption in stabilised regime(5) The installation of suction and backflow conduits on the heat pump lessens its performance(6) Domestic cold water input at 10degC - Primary inlet temperature at 80degC(7) Output 341 kW
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 3 Technical specifications
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 14
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
4 Technical description
41 Operating principle
The thermodynamic DHW tank uses unheated ambient air or outsideair to prepare DHW
The refrigerant circuit is a closed circuit in which the R-134arefrigerant plays the role of an energy carrier
The heat from the intake air is transferred to the refrigerant in thefinned heat exchanger at a low evaporation temperature
The refrigerant is sucked in by a compressor in vapour form whichraises it to a higher pressure and temperature and sends it to thecondenser In the condenser the heat extracted in the evaporator andsome of the energy absorbed by the compressor are released intothe water
The refrigerant is depressurised in the thermostatic expansion valveand is cooled The refrigerant can again extract the heat contained inthe inlet air into the evaporator
42 Control panel
421 Description of the keys
( - ) Browse keys
MODE Operating mode selection keyMENU Key to access the various menus
C003197-B
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
15 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
422 Description of the display
Quantity of domestic hot water available (depending onthe set point input)
J Parameter settings Alarm
K Comfort period active or Clock programming88[88
Display of the date (daymonth) or the time (hourminutes)depending on the selected menu
1 2 3 4 56 7
Display of the day of the week (1=Monday 2=Tuesdayetc)
888 Digital displaypt Optimsation function active
L Number of baths available (40 degC)
X Quantity of water (litres)
( Reduces set values
) Increases set values
B Confirm key
V Reset the control system after a breakdown
M Automatic mode or Comfort mode
Eco mode
W Boost mode
gt C Holiday mode
M + W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
+ W Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
gt C+ W
Boost function active via the HPHC inlet
n DHW production mode indicator
The main display indicates the domestic hot water production mode
Display Domestic hot waterproduction
Description
C003487-B
Heat pump The 2 segments of the tank flash simultaneously when domestic hot water productionis handled by the heat pump
C003484-B
Electrical back-up The right-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by electrical back-up
C003485-B
Hydraulic additional heating The left-hand segment of the tank flashes when domestic hot water production ishandled by hydraulic back-up (EH Version)
C003486-A
Heat pump + Electrical back-up + Hydraulic additionalheating
The 2 segments of the tank flash alternately when domestic hot water production ishandled by the heat pump by electrical back-up and by hydraulic backup (EH version)
1
2
3
4
5degC
6
7
14
34
12
MENU
C003186-I
MODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 4 Technical description
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 16
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
n Indicator of the water volume available
When producing domestic hot water the display indicates the numberof baths available and the level to which the tank is filled (quantity ofhot water available)
4 The number of baths is calcuated based on a domestic hot watertemperature of 40degC
4 The level to which the tank is filled is calculated according to theset point temperature
423 Browsing in the menus
1 Press the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed(Temperature measurement)
2 Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the menus (See tablebelow)
3 To access the selected menu press the MODE key (B)4 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU5 To go back ty the main display press once key MENU
Accessing the menu Menu Description See chapter1x MENU SE nS
1Measurements menu frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
1x ) CL OC2
Setting the time and the date frac14 Setting the time and date page 22
2x ) Pr oG3
Modify an hourly programme frac14 Modify an hourly programme page 23
3x ) Co un4
Meters frac14 Counters page 19
4x ) PA rA5
Setting parameters frac14 Reading out measured values page 18
5x ) Er bL6
Failure history frac14 Message and error history page 30
6x ) Co dE7
Installer parameters frac14Refer to the installation and service manual
C003493-B
14
34
12
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003204-B1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
4 Technical description TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
17 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
5 Operating the appliance
51 Putting the appliance into operation
511 Commissioning
CAUTION
Initial commissioning must be done by a qualifiedprofessional
CAUTION
After positioning the appliance wait one hour beforestarting it up
Carry out the commissioning operations in the following order
1 Connect to the mains2 Check that no error codes or messages are shown on the display
The domestic hot water set point temperature is set to 55degC incomfort mode
3 Select the Boost operating modefrac14See chapter Choosing the operating mode page 20
4 The compressor starts up after 120 seconds if DHW production isrequired
52 Reading out measured values
521 Measurements menu
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the MODEB key to go to the Measurements menu The SE
01 menu is displayed
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 18
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
3 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one measurement toanother
Parameters Description UnitSE 01 Top DHW temperature sensor degCSE 02 Middle DHW temperature sensor degCSE 04 Room sensor degCSE 05 Evaporator temperature sensor degCSE 06 Electricity tariff
4 HP1 Peak hours4 HC0 Off-peak hours
St Su Operating status sub-status of the control systemsequence
SP 1 Back-up setpoint degCSP 2 Compressor setpoint degC
522 Counters
n Displaying the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another (Seetable below)
5 To exit this menu press the MODE B key6 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
Meter Description Unit1 Total electric energy consumed for DHW production kWh2 Electric energy consumed by the compressor in the last 24 hours
The counter is reset at 0000 hours every dayWh
3 Electric energy consumed by the electrical back-up in the last 24 hoursThe counter is reset at 0000 hours every day
Wh
C003206-D1x
2x
3x
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
19 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
Meter Description Unit4 Number of hours operation of the hydraulic backup h5 Number of hours powered up h6 Instantaneous output W
n Resetting the counters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 3 times The Co un 4 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Counters menu The number
of the counter is shown to the right of the display
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one counter to another5 Press the V key to reset the meter displayed to zero
6 Confirm using key MODE B7 To exit this menu press the MODE B key8 To go back to the main display press the MENU button
53 Changing the settings
531 Choosing the operating mode
The operating mode is shown on the main display
1 To change the operating mode press the MODE key several timesuntil the symbol corresponding to the desired operating modeappears on the display
C004186-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003210-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
C004187-B
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003493-B
14
34
12
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 20
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
Display Operatingmode
Description
M Automatic orComfort
Comfort programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump and by electrical back-up if necessary(+ Hydraulic back-up for EH version)If domestic hot water production is not satisfied by the compressor after a modifiable time delay(factory setting 5 hours - Parameter P23) the back-ups start up
Eco Reduced programme activatedDomestic hot water production is handled by the heat pump aloneAfter the compressor stops the displayed quantity of domestic hot water available may not becomplete ()
W Boost Forced operating activatedDomestic hot water production is handled simultaneously by the heat pump and the electrical back-up for a modifiable period (factory setting 6 hours)
gt days Vacation Holiday periodShutting down domestic hot water productionThe domestic hot water temperature is kept at 10degC
532 Programming an extended absence(Vacation)
1 Press the MODE key 4 times The symbol gt C appears
2 Programme the number of daysrsquo holiday using the ( and ) keysDHW production is shut down during this period The domestic hotwater temperature is kept at 10degC
3 Confirm using key MODE B
The number of daysrsquo holiday is decremented by one day atmidnight every night
C003410-C
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003411-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
21 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
533 Setting the time and date
n Setting the time and the date
To set the time and date proceed as follows
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press once the ) key The CL OC 2 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to the Hours menu The hours flash
4 Set the hour with the ( and ) keys5 Confirm using key MODE B The minutes flash6 Set the minutes with the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B
8 Proceed in the same way to set the day the month and the year9 Confirm using key MODE B10To exit this menu press the MODE B key11To go back to the main display press the MENU button
n Automatic switching to summer time
The control unit is programmed to switch automatically to summertime on the last Sunday in March and back to winter time on the lastSunday in OctoberTo modify this parameter refer to chapter frac14 Modifying thedomestic hot water production parameters page 24
C004183-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004184-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003207-C
114
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 22
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
534 Modify an hourly programme
4 The hourly programme can be the same for each dayof the week or different depending on the day of theweek
4 It is possible to programme up to 3 comfort periods foreach day of the week each period being defined by astart time bX and a stop time EX
4 The hours are divided into half-hour sections4 For enhanced comfort the duration of the period must
be more than 6 hours4 Factory setting 2300 - 700 hours - Every day of the
week
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 2 times The Pr oG 3 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menuAll the numbers for the day of the week flash (1 =Monday 7 =Sunday)
4 - To have an identical hourly programme for every day of the weekpress the MODE B key- To have a different hourly programme depending on the day ofthe week press the ( and ) keys to select the day on which theprogramme is to be modified Confirm using key MODE BThe start time for the first period (b1) is displayed
5 Press the MODE B key The hour b1 flashes6 Enter the new start time using the ( and ) keys7 Confirm using key MODE B The stop time for the first period
(E2) is displayed
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004185-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003208-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
23 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
8 Enter the new stop time using the ( and ) keys9 Confirm using key MODE B The start time for the second period
(b3) is displayed10Programme the start and stop times for the second and third
periods by repeating steps 5 to 9
b1 Start time - period 1E2 Stop time - period 1b3 Start time - period 2E4 Stop time - period 2b5 Start time - period 3E6 Stop time - period 3
11In order not to use a comfort period press the MODE B key whenthe start time for the period is displayedThe display for the time switches to OFFWhen the start time for the period is set to OFF the stop timealso switches automatically to OFF
12To exit this menu press the MENU key
535 Modifying the domestic hot waterproduction parameters
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 4 times The PA rA 5 menu is displayed3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu The parameter P1 displays
4 Use the ( and ) keys to switch from one parameter to another5 To modify a parameter press the MODE B key6 Set the desired value using the ( or ) key7 Confirm using key MODE B
C003209-B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004188-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C003307-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 24
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
Parameters Description Adjustmentrange
Factorysetting
P 01 DHW setpoint in Auto mode 40 to 70 degC 55 degCP 02 DHW set point in Eco mode 40 to 65 degC 55 degCP 04 Choice of mode for the DHW Comfort period
4 0 = Use the time programs4 1 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestic
hot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact closed HC0= permitted =gt Contact open)
4 2 = Use the electricity tariff information input Tells you whether or not domestichot water production is permitted (HP1 = not permitted =gt Contact open HC0= permitted =gt Contact closed)
4 3 = Use the time programs The status of the electricity tariff information inputis used to activate the Boost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boostdeactivated =gt Contact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 4 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor only (HP1 = Boost activated =gt Contact openHC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
4 5 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost deactivated =gtContact closed HC0 = Boost activated =gt Contact open)
4 6 = The status of the electricity tariff information input is used to activate theBoost function with compressor and back-up (HP1 = Boost activated =gtContact open HC0 = Boost deactivated =gt Contact closed)
0 - 6 0
P 06 Automatic switch to summer time (last Sunday in March) and winter time (lastSunday in October)
4 0 = Function not active (for countries where the time change is done on otherdates or is not in use)
4 1 = Function activated
0 - 1 1
P 07 DHW setpoint in Boost mode 40 to 70 degC 62 degC
536 Return to the factory settings
1 Press the ( and ) keys simultaneously for 5 seconds TherSt menu is displayed
2 Press the MODE B key to carry out a TOTAL RESET of allparameters
C003495-C
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004193-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
5 Operating the appliance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
25 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
54 Installation shutdown
CAUTION
Try to avoid switching off the appliance in order to maintainprotection against corrosion The appliancersquos frostprotection continues to be activated
55 Antifreeze protection
In the event of extended absence (holiday) programme thecorresponding number of days The temperature of the water in thetank is maintained at 10degC
frac14See chapter Programming an extended absence (Vacation)page 21
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 5 Operating the appliance
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 26
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
6 Checking and maintenance
61 General instructions
CAUTION
Installation and maintenance of the appliance must bedone by a qualified professional in accordance withprevailing statutory texts and codes of practice
Maintenance operations are important for the following reasons
4 To guarantee optimum performance4 To extend the life of the equipment4 To provide an installation that guarantees the best comfort over
time
62 Maintenance operations to be performed
621 Cleaning the casing material
4 Clean the outside of the appliance with a damp cloth and soapywater
4 Clean the ventilation grid with a long-haired brush
C003198-C
6 Checking and maintenance TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
27 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
7 Troubleshooting
71 Messages (Code type bxx or Exx)
711 Messages (type code bXX)
In the case of failure the control panel displays a message and acorresponding code
1 Make a note of the code displayedThe code is important for the correct and rapid diagnosis of thetype of failure and for any technical assistance that may beneeded
2 Disconnect and reconnect the mains cableThe appliance will restart only when the malfunction has beencorrected
3 If the code is displayed again correct the problem by following theinstructions in the table below
Code no Description Checking solutionB00 Parameter error on the PCU PCB Reset the parameters
frac14See chapter Return to the factory settingspage 25
B01 Pressure switch alarmNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B02 Maximum DHW temperature exceededNote DHW production is not covered (by thecompressor or the back-up)
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B03 The room temperature is higher than 35degC Thecompressor is outside its operating rangeNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is less than 35degC
B04 The room temperature is less than -5degCNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Modify the parameters according to theinstructions in the manual
4 The compressor will handle DHW productiononce the room temperature is higher than -5degC
B27 The top DHW temperature sensor is short circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B28 The top DHW temperature sensor is open 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B32 The impressed current anode is in open circuit 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
B33 The impressed current anode is short-circuited 4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 28
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
Code no Description Checking solutionB40 Measurement error on the domestic hot water
temperature sensorsRemarks
4 This message is only displayed on initialcommissioning
4 This message disappears after 10 minutes orwhen you press the B key
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
Err BuS No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
InIt12 No communication between the control panel and thePCU board
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
OPt Activation of optimised mode 4 The domestic hot water tank is filled by optimaluse of the heat pump and the hydraulic BOOS
If the causes of the problem are still present after several attempts atautomatic start-up the appliance goes into lockdown mode (alsocalled failure)frac14see chapter Messages (type code EXX) page 29
712 Messages (type code EXX)
1 The display shows - The symbol ()- The symbol V- The fault code (for example E02)
2 After correcting the failure press the V key for 2 seconds Ifthe error code continues to display search for the cause in theerror table and apply the solution
Code no Description Checking solutionE00 The parameter storage unit on the PCU electronic board is
defective4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE01 The middle DHW temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE02 The middle DHW temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is not covered4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE04 The room temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE05 The room temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE06 The evaporator temperature sensor is short circuited
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE07 The evaporator temperature sensor is open
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the appliance
C003212-B
2
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
29 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
Code no Description Checking solutionE08 Malfunction on the defrosting function
Note DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled4 Contact the professional who takes care of
maintenance of the applianceE09 The low pressure pressure switch alarm sounds for more than
120 secondsNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
E10 The low pressure pressure switch alarm has been tripped morethan 3 times during the last 24 hoursNote DHW production is handled by back-up if back-up enabled
4 Contact the professional who takes care ofmaintenance of the appliance
72 Message and error history
The Er bL 6 menu is used to consult the last 16 messages and thelast 16 errors displayed by the control panel
1 Press once the MENU key The SE nS 1 menu is displayed2 Press the ) key 5 times The Er bL 6 menu is displayed
3 Press the MODE B key to go to this menu
Accessing the menu Menu Description1x ) Err Error history2x ) bL Blockage history3x ) CLr Reset error and blockage history
4 The Er r menu is displayed with the number of errors that haveoccurred
5 To go back to the previous display press the key MENU
721 Err error display
1 When the Err menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code EXX for the last error that occurred is displayed as
are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to access details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to browse the error list- Use the MENU key to go back to the error list
C003203-E1x
3
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004189-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
C004190-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 7 Troubleshooting
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
722 bL blockage display
1 When the bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The code bXX for the last blockage that occurred is displayed
as are its time and date alternately3 - Press the MODE (B) key to display the details of the error
- Use the ( and ) keys to scroll through the blockage list- Use the MENU key to go back to the blockage list
723 Reset error and blockage history
1 When the Er bL menu is dislayed press the MODE B key2 The error and blockage history are reset
C004191-A
14
34
12
MENUMODE
7 Troubleshooting TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH
31 01122015 - 7605313-001-07
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
8 Warranty
81 General
You have just purchased one of our appliances and we thank you forthe trust you have placed in our products
Please note that your appliance will provide good service for a longerperiod of time if it is regularly checked and maintained
Your installer and our customer support network are at your disposalat all times
82 Warranty terms
The following provisions are not exclusive of the buyer being ablebenefit from the legal provisions applicable regarding hidden defectsin the buyerrsquos country
Starting from the purchase date shown on the original installerrsquosinvoice your appliance has a contractual guarantee against anymanufacturing defect
The length of the guarantee is mentioned in the price catalogueThe manufacturer is not liable for any improper use of the applianceor failure to maintain or install the unit correctly (the user shall takecare to ensure that the system is installed by a qualified engineer)
In particular the manufacturer shall not be held responsible for anydamage loss or injury caused by installations which do not complywith the following
4 applicable local laws and regulations4 specific requirements relating to the installation such as national
andor local regulations4 the manufacturerrsquos instructions in particular those relating to the
regular maintenance of the unit4 the rules of the profession
The warranty is limited to the exchange or repair of such parts as havebeen recognised to be faulty by our technical department and doesnot cover labour travel and carriage costs
The warranty shall not apply to the replacement or repair of partsdamaged by normal wear and tear negligence repairs by unqualifiedparties faulty or insufficient monitoring and maintenance faultypower supply or the use of unsuitable fuel
Sub-assemblies such as motors pumps electric valves etc areguaranteed only if they have never been dismantled
The legislation laid down by european directive 9944EECtransposed by legislative decree No 24 of 2 February 2002 publishedin OJ No 57 of 8 March 2002 continues to apply
TWH 200E TWH 300E TWH 300EH 8 Warranty
01122015 - 7605313-001-07 32
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
en
Appendix
Information on the ecodesign and energy labelling directives
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
Contents1 Specific information 3
11 Recommendations 312 Ecodesign Directive 313 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters 314 Circulation pump 315 Disposal and Recycling 316 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters 317 Package fiche - Water heaters 5
Contents
2 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
1 Specific information
11 Recommendations
NoteOnly qualified persons are authorised to assemble install and maintain the installation
12 Ecodesign Directive
This product conforms to the requirements of European Directive 2009125EC on the ecodesign of energy-related products
13 Technical data - Heat pump water heaters
Tab1 Technical parameters for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Daily electricity consumption Qelec kWh 3677 5761 5850
Declared load profile L XL XLSound power level indoors(1) LWA dB(A) 57 57 57
Storage volume V l 2170 2710 2650Mixed water at 40degC V40 l 289 384 380(1) If applicable
14 Circulation pump
NoteThe benchmark for the most efficient circulators is EEI le 020
15 Disposal and Recycling
WarningThe thermodynamic water heater must be dismantled and scrapshyped by a qualified professional in accordance with prevailing local and national regulations
1 Switch off the thermodynamic water heater2 Cut the mains electricity supply to the thermodynamic water heater3 Close the water mains4 Drain the installation5 Dismantle the thermodynamic water heater6 Scrap or recycle the thermodynamic water heater in accordance with
local and national regulations
16 Product fiche - Heat pump water heaters
Tab2 Product fiche for heat pump water heaters TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EH
Declared load profile L XL XLWater heating energy efficiency class under average climate conditions
A A A
Water heating energy efficiency under average climate condishytions
12900 13500 13200
Fig1 Recycling
MW-3000179-03
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 3
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
TWH 200 E TWH 300 E TWH 300 EHAnnual energy consumption kWh(1) 791 1245 1265Thermostat temperature setting degC 5500 5500 5500Sound power level LWA indoors(2) dB(A) 57 57 57
Ability to off-peak hours functioning No No NoSmart control enabled(3) No No NoWater heating energy efficiency under colder - warmer climate conditions
12900 ndash12900
13500 ndash 13500
13200 ndash 13200
Annual energy consumption under colder - warmer climate conditions
kWh(1) 791 ndash 791 1245 ndash 1245 1265 ndash 1265
(1) Electricity(2) If applicable(3) If smart control settings value is 1 the water heating energy efficiency and annual electricity and fuel consumption only relate to enashy
bled smart control settings
SeeFor specific precautions about assembling installing and mainshytaining See Safety Instructions
1 Specific information
4 7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
17 Package fiche - Water heaters
Fig2 Package fiche for water heaters indicating the water heating energy efficiency of the package
AD-3000762-01
1
lsquoIrsquo
2
(11 x lsquoIrsquo - 10) x lsquoIIrsquo - - lsquoIrsquo = +lsquoIIIrsquo
lt28XXL
XL
L
M
G F E D C B A A+
A++
A+++
3
+ 04 x =
23
- 02 x =
23
The energy effi ciency of the package of products provided for in this fi che may not correspond to its actual energy effi ciency once installed
in a building as this effi ciency is infl uenced by further factors such as heat loss in the distribution system and the dimensioning of the
products in relation to building size and characteristics
Water heating energy effi ciency class of package under average climate
Water heating energy effi ciency of package under average climate
Auxiliary electricity Solar contribution
Water heating energy effi ciency of water heater
from fi che of solar device
Colder
Warmer
Water heating energy effi ciency under colder and warmer climate conditions
Declared load profi le
I The value of the water heating energy efficiency expressed in II The value of the mathematical expression (220 Qref )Qnonsol
where Qref is taken from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Table 3 and Qnonsol from the product fiche of the solar device for the deshyclared load profile M L XL or XXL of the water heater
III The value of the mathematical expression (Qaux 25)(220 Qref) expressed in where Qaux is taken from the product fiche of the solar device and Qref from Regulation EU 8122013 Annex VII Tashyble 3 for the declared load profile M L XL or XXL
1 Specific information
7605313 - ErP03 - 09122015 5
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
DUEDI Srl
DE DIETRICH SERVICE
BDR Thermea (Czech republic) sro
wwwduediclimait
wwwdedietrichcz
Distributore Ufficiale EsclusivoDe Dietrich-Thermique Italia
wwwdedietrich-heiztechnikcom
Freecall 0800 201608
Jeseniova 277056130 00 Praha 3
+49 (0)25 72 9161-0+49 (0)25 72 9161-102
inforemehade
Via Passatore 12 - 12010San Defendente di CervascaCUNEO
+39 0171 857170+39 0171 687875infoduediclimait
+420 271 001 627dedietrichbdrthermeacz
IT
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE SAS
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE Iberia SLUwwwdedietrich-calefacciones
CSalvador Espriu 1108908 LrsquoHOSPITALET de LLOBREGAT
+34 935 475 850infodedietrich-calefacciones
ES
129164 Россия г МоскваЗубарев переулок д 151
Бизнес-центр laquoЧайка Плазаraquo офис 309
+7 (495) 221-31-51
CZ
infodedietrichru
AD
001-
AM
copy CopyrightAll technical and technological information contained in these technical instructionsas well as any drawings and technical descriptions supplied remain our propertyand shall not be multiplied without our prior consent in writing
01122015
7605313-001-07
DE DIETRICH THERMIQUE
57 rue de la Gare F- 67580 MERTZWILLER - BP 30
